WO2019049673A1 - Alignment assistant, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element - Google Patents

Alignment assistant, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019049673A1
WO2019049673A1 PCT/JP2018/031104 JP2018031104W WO2019049673A1 WO 2019049673 A1 WO2019049673 A1 WO 2019049673A1 JP 2018031104 W JP2018031104 W JP 2018031104W WO 2019049673 A1 WO2019049673 A1 WO 2019049673A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
mass
less
liquid crystal
formula
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2018/031104
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
正臣 木村
須藤 豪
雄一 井ノ上
直美 幡野
林 正直
純一 間宮
健太 清水
Original Assignee
Dic株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Dic株式会社 filed Critical Dic株式会社
Priority to JP2019520158A priority Critical patent/JP6690782B2/en
Priority to CN201880051838.XA priority patent/CN111183206B/en
Priority to KR1020207004857A priority patent/KR20200041880A/en
Publication of WO2019049673A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019049673A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/12Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings at least two benzene rings directly linked, e.g. biphenyls
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/14Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/14Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain
    • C09K19/16Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain the chain containing carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. stilbenes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/14Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain
    • C09K19/18Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain the chain containing carbon-to-carbon triple bonds, e.g. tolans
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/20Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a chain containing carbon and oxygen atoms as chain links, e.g. esters or ethers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/24Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a chain containing nitrogen-to-nitrogen bonds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/30Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing saturated or unsaturated non-aromatic rings, e.g. cyclohexane rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/32Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing condensed ring systems, i.e. fused, bridged or spiro ring systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/34Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least one heterocyclic ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/38Polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/42Mixtures of liquid crystal compounds covered by two or more of the preceding groups C09K19/06 - C09K19/40
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/52Liquid crystal materials characterised by components which are not liquid crystals, e.g. additives with special physical aspect: solvents, solid particles
    • C09K19/54Additives having no specific mesophase characterised by their chemical composition
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/52Liquid crystal materials characterised by components which are not liquid crystals, e.g. additives with special physical aspect: solvents, solid particles
    • C09K19/54Additives having no specific mesophase characterised by their chemical composition
    • C09K19/56Aligning agents
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an alignment aid, a liquid crystal composition and a liquid crystal display device.
  • a polyimide (PI) layer that functions as an alignment layer on an electrode is used to induce vertical alignment of liquid crystal molecules when no voltage is applied and to realize horizontal alignment of liquid crystal molecules when voltage is applied. It is provided.
  • PI polyimide
  • Patent Document 1 discloses a liquid crystal medium based on a mixture of polar compounds having negative dielectric anisotropy and containing at least one kind of spontaneous orientation additive. It is described that it can be suitably used in the display which does not contain the orientation layer. And in patent document 1, the specific compound which has a hydroxyl group is used as a spontaneous orientation additive.
  • the alignment control force for vertically aligning the liquid crystal molecules is not sufficient, and it has a PI layer. That when the liquid crystal display element is manufactured, alignment unevenness is caused due to the liquid crystal molecules not showing a predetermined alignment state at the end of the liquid crystal display element, and improvement is necessary, and the spontaneous alignment additive It has been found that crystals are deposited during storage of the liquid crystal composition containing H, and there is room for improvement in terms of storage stability.
  • the object of the present invention is to ensure the storage stability of the liquid crystal composition containing the alignment assistant (self-alignment additive) and the liquid crystal molecules, and spontaneously eliminate the liquid crystal molecules even if the PI layer is omitted.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide an alignment aid for vertically aligning.
  • another object of the present invention is a liquid crystal composition which is excellent in storage stability and can realize a liquid crystal display element such as PSA type, PSVA type or VA type even if PI layer is omitted, and the liquid crystal composition. It is providing the used liquid crystal display element.
  • the present invention is an alignment aid which is disposed along with liquid crystal molecules between two substrates and causes the liquid crystal molecules to be spontaneously aligned,
  • a first compound comprising at least one first affinity group having an affinity for the substrate;
  • the present invention also provides a liquid crystal composition containing the alignment assistant of the present invention and liquid crystal molecules and having a negative dielectric anisotropy ( ⁇ ).
  • the present invention provides a liquid crystal display device comprising two substrates and a liquid crystal layer comprising the liquid crystal composition of the present invention provided between the two substrates.
  • an alignment aid which is excellent in storage stability and capable of uniform vertical alignment of liquid crystal molecules even if the PI layer is omitted, a liquid crystal composition containing the alignment aid, and the liquid crystal composition It is possible to provide a liquid crystal display device using the
  • the alignment assistant of the present invention can align liquid crystal molecules spontaneously by being disposed along with the liquid crystal molecules between two substrates.
  • the orientation aid includes a first compound containing at least one first affinity group having an affinity for the substrate, at least one having an affinity for the substrate and having a polarity lower than that of the first affinity group. And a second compound containing two second affinity groups.
  • the first compound and the second compound each have an affinity group having an affinity for the substrate and another portion (other structure) having a lower affinity for the substrate than the affinity group.
  • both of the first compound and the second compound are used as affinity groups. It can be adsorbed (adhered) to the substrate, and the other part can be arranged (oriented) away from the substrate.
  • an adsorptive group (adhesive group), a PEG group, a sinker It can also be referred to as a group (sinker group) or an anchor group.
  • the liquid crystal molecules are aligned (in the absence of voltage application, the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal molecules is induced, and in the voltage application, the horizontal alignment of liquid crystal molecules is realized. It is possible to Therefore, both the first compound and the second compound are suitably used to aid the spontaneous alignment of liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal layer.
  • the first affinity group and the second affinity group are different in polarity from each other, and in particular, the polarity of the first affinity group is higher than that of the second affinity group. Therefore, when the liquid crystal composition is supplied onto the substrate, the first affinity group is adsorbed to the substrate earlier than the second affinity group. As a result, the first compound is fixed to the substrate preferentially to the second compound.
  • the second compound is fixed to the substrate after being uniformly wetted and spread on the substrate. At this time, the second compound can be aligned (oriented) with respect to the first compound fixed to the substrate.
  • the alignment aid of the present invention has a polar affinity containing a first compound containing at least one first affinity group and a second compound containing a second affinity group.
  • a polar affinity containing a first compound containing at least one first affinity group and a second compound containing a second affinity group.
  • the first compound since the first compound has a relatively high polarity first affinity group, it tends to be easily precipitated when the amount contained in the liquid crystal composition is increased.
  • the alignment assistant of the present invention prevents or suppresses the precipitation of the first compound in the liquid crystal composition by containing the second compound having the second affinity group having a relatively low polarity. it can. Thereby, the storage stability of the liquid crystal composition (particularly, the stability during storage at low temperature) can be secured.
  • the ratio of the first compound to the second compound in the alignment aid is not particularly limited, but it is preferably about 1: 0.1 to 1:10 by weight ratio, 1: 0.5. It is more preferable that the ratio is about 1: 5.
  • the alignment assistant has both an effect of enhancing the alignment control power of liquid crystal molecules and an effect of securing the storage stability of the liquid crystal composition. Can be demonstrated with certainty.
  • Specific amounts of the first compound and the second compound to be used can be defined in relation to the amount of liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal composition.
  • the amount of the first compound is preferably about 0.1 to 1.5% by weight, and more preferably about 0.3 to 1.3% by weight, with respect to 100% by weight of liquid crystal molecules.
  • the amount of the second compound is also preferably about 0.1 to 1.5% by weight, more preferably about 0.3 to 1.3% by weight, with respect to 100% by weight of liquid crystal molecules. preferable.
  • the total amount of the first and second compounds is preferably as small as possible (preferably 1.% with respect to 100% by weight of liquid crystal molecules) within a range capable of sufficiently and sufficiently exhibiting the effect of enhancing the alignment regulating power of liquid crystal molecules. It is preferable to adjust to 4 wt% or less, more preferably about 0.5 to 1 wt%). Thereby, the storage stability of the liquid crystal composition can be further improved.
  • the first affinity group and the second affinity group each include a group selected from the following group, and are designed such that the polarity of the second affinity group is lower than the polarity of the first affinity group It is preferable that it is a substituted group.
  • the polarity of the second affinity group is lower than the polarity of the first affinity group and the polarity of the first affinity group. It can be designed as easily.
  • the first affinity group preferably contains a group selected from the group represented by the following chemical formula 2, and more preferably selected from the group represented by the following general formulas (K1-1) to (K1-3) preferable.
  • the black dot at the left end represents a bond
  • W K2 represents a methine group, C—CH 3 , C—C 2 H 5 , a nitrogen atom or a silicon atom
  • W K3 represents a carbon atom
  • X 1 to X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an —OH group or CH 2 CC (CH 3 ) COO—
  • At least one of X 1 and X 2 represents an —OH group
  • At least one of X 3 , X 4 and X 5 represents an —OH group
  • Sp 1 , Sp 2 and Sp 3 each represent a single bond or a spacer group.
  • Such a first affinity group has a sufficiently high polarity, and thus exerts a higher affinity (adsorption capacity) to the substrate.
  • Sp 1 , Sp 2 and Sp 3 each is particularly preferably a single bond or a methylene group.
  • first affinity group include, for example, substituents shown in the following group.
  • K1-1, K1-2-1, K1-2-2 and K1-2-3 can be used as the first affinity group. Is preferred. When importance is given to the orientation of liquid crystal molecules, K1-2-1, K1-2-2 and K1-2-3 are preferable as the first affinity group.
  • the first affinity group When importance is attached to solubility in a liquid crystal composition, the first affinity group may be K1-2-4, K1-3-1, K1-3-2, K1-3-3, K1. -3-4 and K1-3-5 are preferred. Furthermore, when importance is placed on these balances, as the first affinity group, K1-2-1, K1-2-2, K1-2-3, K1-3-1, K1-3-2, K1-3-3 and K1-3-4 are more preferred.
  • the second affinity group preferably contains a group selected from the group represented by the following chemical formula 5, and is selected from the group represented by the following general formulas (K2-1) to (K2-14) Is more preferred.
  • the black dot at the left end represents a bond
  • the arbitrary methylene group is each independently a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear or branched alkyloxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or 1 to 5 carbon atoms. It may be substituted with a linear or branched perfluoroalkyl group
  • W K1 represents a methine group, C—CH 3 , C—C 2 H 5 or a nitrogen atom
  • X K1 and Y K1 each independently represent -CH 2- , an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom
  • Z K1 represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
  • U K1 , V K1 and S K1 each independently represent a methine group or a nitrogen atom (provided that U K1 is a methine group, V K1 is a methine group, and S K1 is a combination of nitrogen atoms),
  • R K1 represents a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear or branched alkyloxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a linear or branched chain having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
  • the second compound containing such a second affinity group tends to wet and spread more uniformly on the substrate.
  • the second affinity group (K2-1), (K2-3), (K2-8), (K2-9) And (K2-13) are preferred.
  • (K2-1) and (K2-3) are preferable as the second affinity group.
  • (K2-1), (K2-9) and (K2-13) are preferable as the second affinity group.
  • (K2-1) and (K2-3) are more preferable as the second affinity group.
  • the first affinity group and the second affinity group various combinations exist, but the first affinity group containing a hydroxyl group and the second affinity group containing an ether group or a carbonate group
  • the combination with is preferable.
  • the polarity of the second affinity group can be increased to the first affinity while the polarity of the first affinity group is sufficiently increased. It can be sufficiently lower than the polarity of the sex group. Therefore, it is possible to further improve both the effect of enhancing the alignment regulating power of liquid crystal molecules and the effect of securing the storage stability of the liquid crystal composition.
  • the number of the first affinity group and the number of the second affinity group may be one or more, respectively. Fixing power of the first compound and the second compound to the substrate can be adjusted by setting the numbers of the first affinity group and the second affinity group.
  • the first compound and the second compound each contain at least one polymerizable group.
  • the first compound and the second compound can be firmly fixed to the substrate, and the retention of liquid crystal molecules can also be enhanced. As a result, peeling of the liquid crystal layer from the substrate can be prevented or suppressed.
  • the number of polymerizable groups may be one or more than one.
  • the crosslink density of the first compound and the second compound can be increased. Therefore, they can be further firmly fixed to the substrate, and the retention of liquid crystal molecules can be further enhanced.
  • Such polymerizable groups are selected from, for example, the groups represented by the following general formulas (P-1) to (P-13).
  • these polymerizable groups have high reactivity, they can be sufficiently and reliably polymerized even with relatively low energy (for example, light energy, thermal energy). Therefore, when polymerizing the first compound and the second compound, it is possible to prevent or suppress that the liquid crystal molecules are adversely affected and degraded.
  • relatively low energy for example, light energy, thermal energy. Therefore, when polymerizing the first compound and the second compound, it is possible to prevent or suppress that the liquid crystal molecules are adversely affected and degraded.
  • groups represented by Formula (P-1) to Formula (P-3) are preferable, and groups represented by Formula (P-1) and Formula (P-3) are more preferable. .
  • the first compound and the second compound each preferably contain a mesogenic group.
  • the first affinity group and the second affinity group which are higher in polarity than the mesogen group, can be adsorbed onto the substrate, and the low polarity mesogen group can be arranged (orientated) more reliably so as to be separated from the substrate.
  • the affinity between the first compound and the second compound and the liquid crystal molecule is further increased. Therefore, the alignment control power of liquid crystal molecules by the first compound and the second compound can be further improved.
  • the first affinity group, the second affinity group, and the polymerizable group may be directly bonded to the mesogenic group, or may be bonded through the same spacer group as described above. .
  • the position of the mesogenic group to which the polymerizable group is bonded is not particularly limited, but a position close to the first affinity group or the second affinity group is preferable.
  • the first compound and the second compound can be polymerized and fixed more firmly to the substrate without adversely affecting the alignment of liquid crystal molecules.
  • the polymerizable group is laterally attached to the mesogenic group.
  • This mesogenic group is represented, for example, by the following general formula (i).
  • a i1 represents a divalent 6-membered ring aromatic group, a divalent 6-membered ring heteroaromatic group, a divalent 6-membered ring aliphatic group or a divalent 6-membered ring heteroaliphatic group
  • the hydrogen atom in these ring structures is a halogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a linear or branched halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • P i1 is a group represented by the general formula (P-1) ⁇ (P -13)
  • Ai1 in formula (i) represents a divalent 6-membered ring aromatic group or a divalent 6-membered ring aliphatic group.
  • a divalent 6-membered ring aromatic group or a divalent 6-membered ring aliphatic group a divalent unsubstituted 6-membered ring aromatic group, a divalent unsubstituted 6-membered ring aliphatic group
  • the hydrogen atom in the group or ring structure thereof is a halogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a linear or branched halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or 1 carbon atom include in substituted group - a linear or branched alkoxy or P i1 -Sp i1 to 10.
  • P i1 represents the general formula (P-1) ⁇ polymerizable group selected from the group represented by (P-13)
  • Sp i1 represents the same meaning
  • a i1 in the formula (i) is a divalent unsubstituted 6-membered ring aromatic group
  • a hydrogen atom in the ring structure is a halogen atom (in particular, a fluorine atom), and has 1 to 10 carbon atoms linear or branched alkyl group, a linear or branched alkoxy or P i1 -Sp i1 having 1 to 10 carbon atoms - a divalent 6-membered ring aromatic group substituted by, divalent unsubstituted 6 Membered aliphatic group
  • a hydrogen atom in the ring structure is a halogen atom (in particular, a fluorine atom), a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a linear or branched alkoxy having 1 to 10 carbon atoms group or P i1 -Sp i1 - 2 divalent 6-membered ring aliphatic group substituted by, more preferably a
  • m i1 represents an integer of 2 to 5, and more preferably an integer of 2 to 4.
  • the mesogenic group represented by the general formula (i) has a trivalent or tetravalent branched structure, or a trivalent or tetravalent, in the middle of the repeating unit- (A i1 -Z i1 )- And an aliphatic or aromatic ring structure of any of the following.
  • the first compound and the second compound each have a branched structure as a whole.
  • first compound and the second compound each include an end group opposite to the first affinity group or the second affinity group of the mesogenic group.
  • the first compound and the second compound including the terminal group facilitate the arrangement (orientation) of the other portion other than the affinity group while the affinity group is adsorbed to the substrate.
  • the polymerizable group and the spacer group are the same as the polymerizable group and the spacer group described above, respectively.
  • Each of the first compound and the second compound includes a polymerizable group as an end group, whereby the crosslink density of the first compound and the second compound can be further increased, and the retention of liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal layer is achieved. Can be further improved.
  • first compound examples include, for example, compounds represented by any of the following formulas (PJ-I-1) to (PJ-I-45).
  • specific examples of the second compound include compounds represented by any of the following formulas (PJ-II-1) to (PJ-II-18).
  • the liquid crystal composition of the present invention contains an alignment assistant (first compound and second compound) and liquid crystal molecules, and has a negative dielectric anisotropy ( ⁇ ).
  • the liquid crystal molecules preferably contain a compound selected from the group represented by the following general formulas (N-1) to (N-3).
  • a N11 , A N12 , A N21 , A N22 , A N31 and A N32 are each independently (A) 1,4-cyclohexylene group (provided that one —CH 2 — or non-adjacent two or more —CH 2 — present in this group may be substituted by —O—.
  • n N11 , n N12 , n N21 , n N22 , n N31 and n N32 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, but n N11 + n N12 , n N21 + n N22 and n N31 + n N32 each represent an integer Independently one, two or three, When a plurality of A N11 to A N32 and Z N11 to Z N32 are present, they may be the same as or different from each other.
  • the compound of any one of formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3) is preferably a compound having a negative ⁇ and an absolute value of more than 3.
  • R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31 and R N32 are each independently a C 1 -C atom
  • An alkyl group of 8, an alkoxy group of 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 2 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkenyloxy group of 2 to 8 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a carbon atom
  • An alkoxy group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyloxy group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferable, an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl of 2 to 5 carbon atoms
  • a group is more preferable, an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms is particularly preferable, and an alkenyl group having
  • R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31 and R N32 each have a linear chain of 1 to 5 carbon atoms when the ring structure to which they are attached is a phenyl group (aromatic) Alkyl group, linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms are preferable, and the ring structure to which they are bonded is a saturated ring structure such as cyclohexane, pyran and dioxane Among them, linear alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, linear alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and linear alkenyl groups having 2 to 5 carbon atoms are preferable.
  • the total of carbon atoms and oxygen atoms if present, is preferably 5 or less, preferably linear.
  • the alkenyl group is preferably selected from the groups represented by any one of formulas (R1) to (R5).
  • a N11 , A N12 , A N21 , A N22 , A N31 and A N32 are each independently preferably an aromatic group to increase ⁇ n, and aliphatic to improve the response speed It is preferably a group.
  • trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group 1,4-phenylene group, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group 3,5-Difluoro-1,4-phenylene, 2,3-difluoro-1,4-phenylene, 1,4-cyclohexenylene and 1,4-bicyclo [2.2.2] octylene Or piperidine-1,4-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group Is more preferable, and a structure of the following formula 24 is more preferable, and a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, a 1,4-cyclohexenylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group is more preferable.
  • Z N11, Z N12, Z N21 , Z N22, Z N31 and Z N32 are each independently, -CH 2 O -, - CF 2 O -, - CH 2 CH 2 -, - CF 2 CF 2 - or preferably represents a single bond, -CH 2 O -, - CH 2 CH 2 - or a single bond is more preferable, -CH 2 O-or a single bond is particularly preferred.
  • X N21 is preferably a fluorine atom.
  • T N31 is preferably an oxygen atom.
  • n N 11 + n N 12 , n N 21 + n N 22 and n N 31 + n N 32 are each independently preferably 1 or 2, and combinations in which n N 11 is 1 and n N 12 is 0, n N 11 is 2 and n N 12 is A combination of 0, n N11 is 1 and n N12 is 1 combination, n N11 is 2 and n N12 is 1 combination, n N21 is 1 and n N22 is 0, n N21 is A combination of 2 and nN22 of 0, a combination of nN31 of 1 and nN32 of 0, and a combination of nN31 of 2 and nN32 of 0 is more preferable.
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more. 30% by mass or more, 40% by mass or more, 50% by mass or more, 55% by mass or more, 60% by mass or more, 65% by mass or more, 70% by mass or more, 75 It is mass% or more and 80 mass% or more.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 95 mass% or less, 85 mass% or less, 75 mass% or less, 65 mass% or less, 55 mass% or less, 45 mass% or less It is 35 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, and 20 mass% or less.
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-2) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more. 30% by mass or more, 40% by mass or more, 50% by mass or more, 55% by mass or more, 60% by mass or more, 65% by mass or more, 70% by mass or more, 75 It is mass% or more and 80 mass% or more.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 95 mass% or less, 85 mass% or less, 75 mass% or less, 65 mass% or less, 55 mass% or less, 45 mass% or less It is 35 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, and 20 mass% or less.
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-3) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more. 30% by mass or more, 40% by mass or more, 50% by mass or more, 55% by mass or more, 60% by mass or more, 65% by mass or more, 70% by mass or more, 75 It is mass% or more and 80 mass% or more.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 95 mass% or less, 85 mass% or less, 75 mass% or less, 65 mass% or less, 55 mass% or less, 45 mass% or less It is 35 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, and 20 mass% or less.
  • the above lower limit value is low and the upper limit value is low. Furthermore, in the case where a liquid crystal composition having a high temperature stability and maintaining the nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature (Tni) of the liquid crystal composition high is required, it is preferable that the above lower limit is low and the upper limit is low. . When it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable that the above lower limit value be high and the upper limit value be high.
  • Examples of the compound represented by General Formula (N-1) include compounds represented by the following General Formulas (N-1a) to (N-1g).
  • R N11 and R N12 are as defined R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1), n Na11 represents 0 or 1, n NB11 Represents 0 or 1, n Nc11 represents 0 or 1, n Nd11 represents 0 or 1, n Ne11 represents 1 or 2, n Nf11 represents 1 or 2, n Ng11 represents 1 or 2, And A Ne11 represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group, and A Ng11 represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, a 1,4-cyclohexenylene group or 1, A 4-phenylene group is represented, but at least one represents a 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, and Z Ne11 represents a single bond or an ethylene group, but at least one represents an ethylene group.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (N-1) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by General Formulas (N-1-1) to (N-1-21) Is preferred.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-1) are the following compounds.
  • R N111 and R N112 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N-1).
  • R N 111 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably a propyl group, a pentyl group or a vinyl group.
  • R N 112 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethoxy group or butoxy group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-1) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-1) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% by mass or more Yes, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, 23% by mass or more, 25% by mass or more, 27% by mass or more, 30% by mass or more And 33% by mass or more, and 35% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 50 mass% or less, 40 mass% or less, 38 mass% or less, 35 mass% or less, 33 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less And 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less 10% by mass or less, 8% by mass or less, 7% by mass or less, 6% by mass or less, 5% by mass or less, and 3% by mass or less.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-1) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-1.1) to (N-1-1.22) And the compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-1.1) to (N-1-1.4) are more preferable.
  • the compound represented by N-1-1.3) is more preferable.
  • the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-1.1) to (N-1-1.22) can be used alone or in combination.
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content of the compounds (single or combined) represented by the formulas (N-1-1.1) to (N-1-1.22) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5 mass%. % Or more, 10% by mass or more, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, 23% by mass or more, 25% by mass It is above, 27 mass% or more, 30 mass% or more, 33 mass% or more, 35 mass% or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 50 mass% or less, 40 mass% or less, 38 mass% or less, 35 mass% or less, 33 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less And 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less 10% by mass or less, 8% by mass or less, 7% by mass or less, 6% by mass or less, 5% by mass or less, and 3% by mass or less.
  • the compounds represented by formula (N-1-2) are the following compounds.
  • R N121 and R N122 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N-1).
  • R N 121 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group or a pentyl group.
  • R N 122 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a methyl group, a propyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or a propoxy group is More preferable.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-2) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-2) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5% by mass or more, 7% by mass or more, and 10% by mass or more Yes, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, 23% by mass or more, 25% by mass or more, 27% by mass or more 30% by mass or more, 33% by mass or more, 35% by mass or more, 37% by mass or more, 40% by mass or more, and 42% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of its preferable content is 50 mass% or less, 48 mass% or less, 45 mass% or less, 43 mass% or less, 40 mass% or less, 38 mass% or less And 35% by mass or less, 33% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, and 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less Yes, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, 8% by mass or less, 7% by mass or less, 6% by mass or less , 5 mass% or less.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-2) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-2.1) to (N-1-2.22) Is preferably represented by the formula (N-1-2.3) to the formula (N-1-2.7), the formula (N-1-2.10), the formula (N-1-2.11), the formula The compounds represented by (N-1-2.13) and the formula (N-1-2.20) are more preferred.
  • the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-2.3) to (N-1-2.7) are preferred when importance is attached to the improvement of ⁇ , and the compounds represented by formula (N-1-2.3) are preferable when the improvement of Tni is regarded as important.
  • Preferred are the compounds represented by (N-1-2.10), formula (N-1-2.11) and formula (N-1-2.13), and in the case of emphasizing improvement in response speed Are preferably compounds represented by formula (N-1-2.20).
  • the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-2.1) to (N-1-2.22) can be used alone or in combination.
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content of the compounds (single or combined) represented by the formulas (N-1-2.1) to (N-1-2.22) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5 10% by mass or more, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, 23% by mass or more, 25% by mass %, 27 mass% or more, 30 mass% or more, 33 mass% or more, 35 mass% or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 50 mass% or less, 40 mass% or less, 38 mass% or less, 35 mass% or less, 33 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less And 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less 10% by mass or less, 8% by mass or less, 7% by mass or less, 6% by mass or less, 5% by mass or less, and 3% by mass or less.
  • the compounds represented by formula (N-1-3) are the following compounds.
  • R N 131 and R N 132 each independently represent the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N-1).
  • R N 131 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N 132 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 3 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and 1-propenyl group, ethoxy group, propoxy group or butoxy group is more preferable preferable.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-3) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-3) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% by mass or more Yes, it is 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less It is 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, and 13 mass% or less.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-3) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-3.1) to (N-1-3.21) And the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-3.1) to (N-1-3.7) and formula (N-1-3.21) are more preferable, and N-1-3.1), the formula (N-1-3.2), the formula (N-1-3.3), the formula (N-1-3.4) and the formula (N-1-3.
  • the compound represented by 6) is more preferable.
  • the compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-3.1) to (N-1-3.4), the formulas (N-1-3.6) and the formulas (N-1 3.21) can be used alone. Although it is possible to use in combination or in combination, a combination of formula (N-1-3.1) and formula (N-1-3.2), a formula (N-1-3.3) Or a combination of two or three selected from formula (N-1-3.4) and formula (N-1-3.6).
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound (alone or in combination) is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, and 17% by mass or more Yes, 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less It is 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, and 13 mass% or less.
  • the compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-4) are the following compounds.
  • each of R N 141 and R N 142 independently represents the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N-1).
  • R N141 and R N142 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms carbon atoms 4-5 preferably a methyl group, a propyl group, an ethoxy More preferred is a group or butoxy group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-4) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-4) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 3% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 7% by mass or more 10% by mass or more, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, 11% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, and 8% by mass or less.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-4) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formulas (N-1-4.1) to (N-1-4.14) And the compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-4.1) to (N-1 -4.4) are more preferable.
  • the compounds represented by N-1-4.2) and the formula (N-1-4.4) are more preferred.
  • the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-4.1) to (N-1-4.14) can be used alone or in combination.
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content of the compounds (single or combined) represented by the formulas (N-1-4.1) to (N-1-4.14) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 3 mass%. % Or more, 5% by mass or more, 7% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, 20% by mass It is above.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, 11% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, and 8% by mass or less.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-5) are the following compounds.
  • R N 151 and R N 152 each independently represent the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N-1).
  • R N151 and R N152 is independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms , and an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group Groups are more preferred.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-5) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-5) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5% by mass or more, 8% by mass or more, and 10% by mass or more. Yes, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35 mass% or less, 33 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less, 28 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, 23 mass% or less It is 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, and 13 mass% or less.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-5) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formula (N-1-5.1) to formula (N-1-5.6)
  • the compounds represented by the formula (N-1-5.1), the formula (N-1-5.2) and the formula (N-1-5.4) are more preferable.
  • the compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-5.1), (N-1-5.2) and (N-1-5.4) may be used alone or in combination. Is also possible. Compounds represented by the formula (N-1-5.1), the formula (N-1-5.2) and the formula (N-1-5.4) relative to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (alone or in combination)
  • the lower limit value of the preferred content of) is 5 mass% or more, 8 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 15 mass% or more, and 17 mass% or more Yes, 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35 mass% or less, 33 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less, 28 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, 23 mass% or less It is 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, and 13 mass% or less.
  • the compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-10) are the following compounds.
  • each of RN 1101 and RN 1102 independently represents the same meaning as RN 11 and RN 12 in General Formula (N-1).
  • R N 1101 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a vinyl group or a 1-propenyl group.
  • R N 1102 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-10) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination.
  • the type of compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present embodiment.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-10) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% by mass or more. Yes, it is 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less It is 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, and 13 mass% or less.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (N-1-10) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-1-10.1) to Formula (N-1-10.14) And the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-10.1) to (N-1-10.5) are more preferable, and the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-10.1) and ( The compound represented by N-1-10.2) is more preferable.
  • the compounds represented by the formula (N-1-10.1) and the formula (N-1-10.2) can be used alone or in combination.
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content of the compound (alone or in combination) represented by the formula (N-1-10.1) and the formula (N-1-10.2) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5 It is 10% by mass or more, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less It is 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, and 13 mass% or less.
  • the compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-11) are the following compounds.
  • each of R N 1111 and R N 11 12 independently represents the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N-1).
  • R N 1111 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a vinyl group or a 1-propenyl group.
  • R N 1112 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-11) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-11) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% by mass or more. Yes, it is 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less It is 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, and 13 mass% or less.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (N-1-11) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-1-11.1) to Formula (N-1-11.14) And the compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-11. 2) and (N-1 1-1 1.4) are more preferable.
  • the compounds represented by the formula (N-1-11.2) and the formula (N-1-11.4) can be used alone or in combination.
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content of the compound (alone or in combination) represented by the formula (N-1-11.2) and the formula (N-1-11.4) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5 It is 10% by mass or more, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less It is 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, and 13 mass% or less.
  • the compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-12) are the following compounds.
  • R N1121 and R N1122 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).
  • R N 1121 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N 1122 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-12) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-12) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% by mass or more. Yes, it is 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less It is 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, and 13 mass% or less.
  • the compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-13) are the following compounds.
  • each of R N 1131 and R N 1132 independently represents the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N-1).
  • R N 1131 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N 1132 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-13) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-13) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% by mass or more. Yes, it is 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less It is 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, and 13 mass% or less.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-14) are the following compounds.
  • each of R N 1141 and R N 114 2 independently represents the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N-1).
  • R N 1141 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N 1142 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-14) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the type of compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present embodiment.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-14) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% by mass or more. Yes, it is 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less It is 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, and 13 mass% or less.
  • the compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-15) are the following compounds.
  • R N1151 and R N1152 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).
  • R N 1151 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N 1152 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-15) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-15) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% by mass or more. Yes, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less It is 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, and 13 mass% or less.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-16) are the following compounds.
  • R N1161 and R N1162 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).
  • R N 1161 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N 1162 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-16) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-16) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% by mass or more. Yes, it is 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less It is 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, and 13 mass% or less.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-17) are the following compounds.
  • R N1171 and R N1172 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).
  • R N 1171 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N 1172 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-17) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-17) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% by mass or more. Yes, it is 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less It is 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, and 13 mass% or less.
  • the compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-18) are the following compounds.
  • each of R N1181 and R N1182 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N-1).
  • R N 1181 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N 1182 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-18) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-18) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% by mass or more. Yes, it is 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less It is 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, and 13 mass% or less.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (N-1-18) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-1-18.1) to Formula (N-1-18.5) And the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-18.1) to (N-1-18.3) are more preferable, and the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-18.2) and ( The compound represented by N-1-18.3) is more preferable.
  • the compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-20) are the following compounds.
  • each of R N 1201 and R N 1202 independently represents the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N-1).
  • R N1201 and R N1202 is independently preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-20) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-20) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% by mass or more. Yes, it is 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less It is 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, and 13 mass% or less.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-21) are the following compounds.
  • R N1211 and R N1212 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).
  • R N1211 and R N1212 is independently preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-21) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-21) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% by mass or more. Yes, it is 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less It is 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, and 13 mass% or less.
  • the compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-22) are the following compounds.
  • R N1221 and R N1222 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).
  • R N1221 and R N1222 is independently preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-22) can be used alone, but two or more compounds can also be used in combination.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-21) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 10% by mass or more. Yes, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less It is 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, and 5 mass% or less.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (N-1-22) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-1-22.1) to Formula (N-1-22.12) And the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-22.1) to (N-1-22.5) are more preferable, and the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-22.1) to (N The compound represented by -1-22.4) is more preferable.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (N-3) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by General Formula (N-3-2).
  • R N 321 and R N 322 each independently represent the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N-3).
  • R N321 and R N322 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably a propyl group or a pentyl group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-3-2) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-3-2) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 3% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 10% by mass or more. Yes, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, 23% by mass or more, 25% by mass or more, 27% by mass or more And 30% by mass or more, 33% by mass or more, and 35% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 50 mass% or less, 40 mass% or less, 38 mass% or less, 35 mass% or less, 33 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less And 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less 10% by mass or less, 8% by mass or less, 7% by mass or less, 6% by mass or less, and 5% by mass or less.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-3-2) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formulas (N-3-2.1) to (N-3-2.3) Is preferred.
  • the liquid crystal molecules may contain a compound represented by the following general formula (L).
  • n L1 represents 0, 1, 2 or 3.
  • a L1 , A L2 and A L3 are each independently (A) 1,4-cyclohexylene group (provided that one —CH 2 — or non-adjacent two or more —CH 2 — present in this group may be substituted by —O—.
  • Represents a group selected from the group consisting of The groups (a), (b) and (c) may be each independently substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom.
  • n L1 2 or 3 and there are a plurality of AL 2
  • they may be the same or different from each other
  • the compounds represented by the general formula (L) correspond to dielectric substantially neutral compounds (the value of ⁇ is ⁇ 2 to 2).
  • the compounds represented by formula (L) may be used alone or in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the desired performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the type of compound used is, for example, one type in one embodiment. Or in another embodiment, there are two types, three types, four types, five types, six types, seven types, eight types, nine types, ten types or more. is there.
  • the amount of the compound represented by the general formula (L) contained in the liquid crystal composition is the solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process compatibility, dripping marks, image sticking, dielectric It is necessary to appropriately adjust according to the required performance such as the rate anisotropy.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, and 30% by mass. % Or more, 40% by mass or more, 50% by mass or more, 55% by mass or more, 60% by mass or more, 65% by mass or more, 70% by mass or more, 75% by mass It is above and is 80 mass% or more.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 95 mass% or less, 85 mass% or less, 75 mass% or less, 65 mass% or less, 55 mass% or less, 45 mass% or less And 35% by mass or less and 25% by mass or less.
  • the above lower limit is high and the upper limit is high. Furthermore, when a liquid crystal composition having a high temperature stability is required while keeping Tni of the liquid crystal composition high, it is preferable that the above lower limit value is high and the upper limit value is high. When it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the drive voltage low, it is preferable that the above lower limit value be low and the upper limit value be low.
  • both R L1 and R L2 are preferably alkyl groups, and when importance is given to reducing the volatility of the compound, alkoxy groups are preferable, and viscosity reduction is important When doing, at least one is preferably an alkenyl group.
  • the number of halogen atoms present in the molecule is preferably 0, 1, 2 or 3 and is preferably 0 or 1. When importance is attached to compatibility with other liquid crystal molecules, 1 is preferable.
  • R L1 and R L2 are, when the ring structure to which they are bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic), a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms Alkoxy groups and alkenyl groups having 4 to 5 carbon atoms are preferred, and in the case where the ring structure to which they are attached is a saturated ring structure such as cyclohexane, pyran and dioxane, a straight chain having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is preferred.
  • An alkyl group, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms are preferable.
  • the total of carbon atoms and oxygen atoms, if present, is preferably 5 or less, preferably linear.
  • the alkenyl group is preferably selected from the groups represented by any one of formulas (R1) to (R5).
  • n L1 is preferably 0 when importance is attached to the response speed, 2 or 3 is preferable to improve the upper limit temperature of the nematic phase, and 1 is preferable to balance them. Moreover, in order to satisfy the characteristics required for the liquid crystal composition, it is preferable to combine compounds of different values.
  • a L 1 , A L 2 and A L 3 are preferably aromatic when it is required to increase ⁇ n, and are preferably aliphatic to improve the response speed, and each of them is independently trans- 1,4-cyclohexylene group, 1,4-phenylene group, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3,5-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group , 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, 1,4-bicyclo [2.2.2] octylene group, piperidine-1,4-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6 It is preferable to represent 1-diyl group or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, more preferably to represent a structure of the following formula 56, and trans-1,4-cyclohexyl. It is further preferred that represent emissions group or 1,
  • Z L1 and Z L2 be a single bond when the response speed is important.
  • the compound represented by formula (L) preferably has 0 or 1 halogen atoms in the molecule.
  • the compound represented by formula (L) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formulas (L-1) to (L-7).
  • the compounds represented by formula (L-1) are the following compounds.
  • R L11 and R L12 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in general formula (L).
  • R L11 and R L12 are preferably linear alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, linear alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and linear alkenyl groups having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (L-1) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, and 3% by mass or more, 5 mass% or more, 7 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 15 mass% or more, 20 mass% or more, 25 mass% or more, 30 mass% or more, 35 It is mass% or more, 40 mass% or more, 45 mass% or more, 50 mass% or more, 55 mass% or more.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 95 mass% or less, 90 mass% or less, 85 mass% or less, 80 mass% or less, 75 mass% or less, 70 mass% or less And 65% by mass or less, 60% by mass or less, 55% by mass or less, 50% by mass or less, 45% by mass or less, and 40% by mass or less, and 35% by mass or less And 30% by mass or less and 25% by mass or less.
  • the above lower limit value is high and the upper limit value is high. Moreover, maintaining high Tni of the liquid crystal composition, it is preferred if a good liquid crystal composition having a temperature stability is required is the upper limit value in the lower limit of the above is moderate is moderate. When it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the drive voltage low, it is preferable that the above lower limit value is low and the upper limit value is low.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by General Formula (L-1-1).
  • R L12 has the same meaning as in the general formula (L-1).
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-1-1) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (L-1-1.1) to Formula (L-1-1.3) Is more preferable, and it is more preferable that the compound is a compound represented by the formula (L-1-1.2) or the formula (L-1-1.3). It is preferred that the compound be
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-1.3) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, and 3% by mass It is above, 5 mass% or more, 7 mass% or more, and 10 mass% or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 20 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, 8 mass% or less, 7 mass% or less 6% by mass or less, 5% by mass or less, and 3% by mass or less.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by General Formula (L-1-2).
  • R L12 has the same meaning as in the general formula (L-1).
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2) relative to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 10% by mass or more Yes, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, 23% by mass or more, 25% by mass or more, 27% by mass or more, 30% by mass or more , 35 mass% or more.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 60 mass% or less, 55 mass% or less, 50 mass% or less, 45 mass% or less, 42 mass% or less, 40 mass% or less It is 38 mass% or less, 35 mass% or less, 33 mass% or less, and 30 mass% or less.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-1-2) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (L-1-2.1) to Formula (L-1-2.4) And the compounds represented by formulas (L-1-2.2) to (L-1-2.4) are more preferable.
  • the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) is preferable in order to particularly improve the response speed of the liquid crystal composition.
  • Tni higher than the response speed it is preferable to use a compound represented by formula (L-1-2.3) or formula (L-1-2.4).
  • the amount of the compounds represented by the formulas (L-1-2.3) and (L-1-2.4) contained in the liquid crystal composition is 30% by mass to improve the solubility at low temperatures. It is not desirable to make it more than%.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 10% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, and 18% by mass More than, 20 mass% or more, 23 mass% or more, 25 mass% or more, 27 mass% or more, 30 mass% or more, 33 mass% or more, 35 mass% or more And 38% by mass or more and 40% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of its preferable content is 60 mass% or less, 55 mass% or less, 50 mass% or less, 45 mass% or less, 43 mass% or less, 40 mass% or less And 38% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 32% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 27% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less, and 22% by mass or less is there.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the total of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.3) and the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.4) relative to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 10% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, 25% by mass or more, 27% by mass or more, 30% by mass or more, 35% by mass or more, It is 40% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of its preferable content is 60 mass% or less, 55 mass% or less, 50 mass% or less, 45 mass% or less, 43 mass% or less, 40 mass% or less And 38% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 32% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 27% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less, and 22% by mass or less is there.
  • the compound represented by formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formula (L-1-3).
  • L L13 and R L14 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • R L13 and R L14 are each independently a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a linear alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms
  • An alkenyl group is preferred.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-3) relative to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 10% by mass or more Yes, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, 23% by mass or more, 25% by mass or more, 30% by mass or more .
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 60 mass% or less, 55 mass% or less, 50 mass% or less, 45 mass% or less, 40 mass% or less, 37 mass% or less And 35% by mass or less, 33% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 27% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, and 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less There is, 17 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, and 10 mass% or less.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-1-3) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formulas (L-1-3.1) to (L-1-3.13)
  • the compound is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-1-3.1), Formula (L-1-3.3) or Formula (L-1-3.4).
  • the compound represented by the formula (L-1-3.1) is preferable in order to particularly improve the response speed of the liquid crystal composition.
  • Tni higher than the response speed is to be determined.
  • the formula (L-1-3.3), the formula (L-1-3.4), the formula (L-1-3.11) and the formula (L-) are used. It is preferable to use the compound represented by 1-3.12).
  • Formula (L-1-3.3), Formula (L-1-3.4), Formula (L-1-3.11), and Formula (L-1.3. L) contained in the liquid crystal composition. It is not preferable to make the total amount of the compounds represented by 12) 20% or more in order to improve the solubility at low temperature.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-3.1) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, and 3% by mass More than, 5 mass% or more, 7 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 15 mass% or more, 18 mass% or more, 20 mass% or more It is.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 20 mass% or less, 17 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, 8 mass% or less 7% by mass or less and 6% by mass or less.
  • the compound represented by Formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (L-1-4) and / or (L-1-5).
  • L L15 and R L16 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • R L15 and R L16 each independently represent a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a linear C 2 to 5 carbon atoms
  • An alkenyl group is preferred.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-4) relative to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 10% by mass or more Yes, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 25 mass% or less, 23 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 17 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less And 10% by mass or less.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-5) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 10% by mass or more Yes, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 25 mass% or less, 23 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 17 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less And 10% by mass or less.
  • the compounds represented by the general formulas (L-1-4) and (L-1-5) have the formulas (L-1-4.1) to (L-1-4.3) and It is preferable that it is a compound chosen from the compound group represented by L-1-5.1)-a formula (L-1-5.3), and it is Formula (L-1-4.2) or a formula (L-).
  • the compound represented by 1-5.2) is more preferable.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-4.2) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, and 3% by mass More than, 5 mass% or more, 7 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 15 mass% or more, 18 mass% or more, 20 mass% or more It is.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 20 mass% or less, 17 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, 8 mass% or less 7% by mass or less and 6% by mass or less.
  • the lower limit value of the preferable total content of these compounds to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, 3% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, 7 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 15 mass% or more, 18 mass% or more, 20 mass% or more, 23 mass% or more, 25 It is 27 mass% or more, 30 mass% or more, 33 mass% or more, and 35 mass% or more.
  • the upper limit of the preferable total content is 80% by mass or less, 70% by mass or less, 60% by mass or less, 50% by mass or less, 45% by mass or less, 40% by mass % Or less, 37% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 33% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, and 23% by mass It is the following and is 20 mass% or less.
  • the compounds represented by Formula (L-1-3.1), Formula (L-1-3.3) and Formula (L-1-3.4) It is preferable to combine two or more compounds selected from the above, and when importance is attached to the response speed of the liquid crystal composition, the formula (L-1-1. 3) and the formula (L- 1-2.2) It is preferable to combine two or more compounds selected from the compounds listed above.
  • the compound represented by formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formula (L-1-6).
  • R L17 and R L18 each independently represent a methyl group or a hydrogen atom.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-6) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 10% by mass or more. Yes, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, 23% by mass or more, 25% by mass or more, 27% by mass or more, 30% by mass or more , 35 mass% or more.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 60 mass% or less, 55 mass% or less, 50 mass% or less, 45 mass% or less, 42 mass% or less, 40 mass% or less It is 38 mass% or less, 35 mass% or less, 33 mass% or less, and 30 mass% or less.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-1-6) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formula (L-1-6.1) to formula (L-1-6.3) Is preferred.
  • the compounds represented by formula (L-2) are the following compounds.
  • R L21 and R L22 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in general formula (L).
  • R L21 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms
  • R L22 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or a carbon atom
  • the alkoxy groups of 1 to 4 are preferable.
  • the compounds represented by formula (L-2) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-2) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, and 3% by mass or more. It is 5% by mass or more, 7% by mass or more, and 10% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 20 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, 8 mass% or less, 7 mass% or less 6% by mass or less, 5% by mass or less, and 3% by mass or less.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-2) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (L-2.1) to Formula (L-2.6), It is more preferable that the compound is a compound represented by (L-2.1), formula (L-2.3), formula (L-2.4) and formula (L-2.6).
  • the compounds represented by formula (L-3) are the following compounds.
  • R L31 and R L32 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in general formula (L).
  • R L31 and R L32 are preferably each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the compounds represented by formula (L-3) can be used alone or in combination of two or more. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-3) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, and 3% by mass or more, It is 5% by mass or more, 7% by mass or more, and 10% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 20 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, 8 mass% or less, 7 mass% or less 6% by mass or less, 5% by mass or less, and 3% by mass or less.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-3) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (L-3.1) to Formula (L-3.7), It is more preferable that the compound is a compound represented by (L-3.2) to formula (L-3.7).
  • the compounds represented by formula (L-4) are the following compounds.
  • R L41 and R L42 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in General Formula (L).
  • R L41 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms
  • R L42 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or a carbon atom
  • the alkoxy groups of 1 to 4 are preferable.
  • the compounds represented by formula (L-4) can be used alone or in combination of two or more compounds.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L-4) is low temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process compatibility, dripping marks, image sticking, It is necessary to appropriately adjust according to the required performance such as dielectric anisotropy.
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-4) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, and 3% by mass or more, 5 mass% or more, 7 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 14 mass% or more, 16 mass% or more, 20 mass% or more, 23 mass% or more, 26 It is mass% or more, 30 mass% or more, 35 mass% or more, and 40 mass% or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 50 mass% or less, 40 mass% or less, 35 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less 10% by mass or less and 5% by mass or less.
  • the compound represented by Formula (L-4) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-4.1) to Formula (L-4.3), for example.
  • the compound represented by the formula (L-4.1) can be represented by the formula (L-4.1) Even if it contains the compound represented by -4.2), it contains both the compound represented by the formula (L-4.1) and the compound represented by the formula (L-4.2) Or all of the compounds represented by Formula (L-4.1) to Formula (L-4.3).
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-4.1) or the formula (L-4.2) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 3% by mass or more, and 5% by mass More than, 7 mass% or more, 9 mass% or more, 11 mass% or more, 12 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 18 mass% or more, 21 mass% or more It is.
  • the upper limit value of its preferable content is 45 mass% or less, 40 mass% or less, 35 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, 23 mass% or less 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, and 8% by mass or less.
  • the preferred content of both compounds relative to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 15% by mass or more, 19% by mass or more, 24% by mass or more, and 30% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of its preferable content is 45 mass% or less, 40 mass% or less, 35 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, 23 mass% or less It is 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, and 13 mass% or less.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-4) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-4.4) to Formula (L-4.6), for example. It is more preferable that it is a compound represented by this.
  • the compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) may be represented by the formula (L-4.4) Even if it contains the compound represented by -4.5), it contains both the compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) and the compound represented by the formula (L-4.5) It may be
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) or the formula (L-4.5) relative to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 3% by mass or more, and 5% by mass More than, 7 mass% or more, 9 mass% or more, 11 mass% or more, 12 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 18 mass% or more, 21 mass% or more It is.
  • the preferable upper limit thereof is 45% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, and 23% by mass or less, It is 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, and 8 mass% or less.
  • the preferred content of both compounds relative to the total amount of liquid crystal composition is 15% by mass or more, 19% by mass or more, 24% by mass or more, and 30% by mass or more.
  • the preferable upper limit thereof is 45% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, and 23% by mass or less, It is 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, and 13 mass% or less.
  • the compound represented by Formula (L-4) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-4.7) to Formula (L-4.10), and in particular, a compound represented by Formula (L-4.
  • the compound represented by 9) is preferable.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (L-5) are the following compounds.
  • R L51 and R L52 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in general formula (L).
  • R L51 is preferably an alkyl group or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
  • R L52 is an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or a carbon atom of the carbon atoms 4-5 of 1-5 carbon atoms
  • the alkoxy groups of 1 to 4 are preferable.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (L-5) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L-5) is low temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process compatibility, dripping marks, image sticking, It is necessary to appropriately adjust according to the required performance such as dielectric anisotropy.
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-5) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, and 3% by mass or more, 5 mass% or more, 7 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 14 mass% or more, 16 mass% or more, 20 mass% or more, 23 mass% or more, 26 It is mass% or more, 30 mass% or more, 35 mass% or more, and 40 mass% or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 50 mass% or less, 40 mass% or less, 35 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less 10% by mass or less and 5% by mass or less.
  • the compound represented by Formula (L-5) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-5.1) or Formula (L-5.2), and in particular, a compound represented by Formula (L-5. It is preferable that it is a compound represented by 1).
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content of these compounds to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, 3% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 7% by mass. % Or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 20 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, and 9 mass% or less.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-5) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-5.3) or Formula (L-5.4).
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content of these compounds to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, 3% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 7% by mass. % Or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 20 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, and 9 mass% or less.
  • the compound represented by Formula (L-5) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (L-5.5) to Formula (L-5.7), and in particular It is preferable that it is a compound represented by L-5.7).
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content of these compounds to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, 3% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 7% by mass. % Or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 20 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, and 9 mass% or less.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (L-6) are the following compounds.
  • R L61 and R L62 each independently represent the same as R L1 and R L2 in General Formula (L), and X L61 and X L62 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom.
  • R L61 and R L62 is preferably independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and one of X L61 and X L62 is a fluorine atom and the other is a hydrogen atom Is preferred.
  • the compounds represented by formula (L-6) can be used alone or in combination of two or more compounds.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-6) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, and 3% by mass or more, 5 mass% or more, 7 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 14 mass% or more, 16 mass% or more, 20 mass% or more, 23 mass% or more, 26 It is mass% or more, 30 mass% or more, 35 mass% or more, and 40 mass% or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 50 mass% or less, 40 mass% or less, 35 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less 10% by mass or less and 5% by mass or less.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-6) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-6.1) to Formula (L-6.9).
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-6) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-6.10) to Formula (L-6.17), for example. It is more preferable that the compound is a compound represented by L-6.11).
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content of these compounds to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, 3% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 7% by mass. % Or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 20 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, and 9 mass% or less.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (L-7) are the following compounds.
  • R L71 and R L72 each independently represent the same as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L), and A L71 and A L72 are each independently A L2 and A L2 in the general formula (L)
  • a hydrogen having the same meaning as A L3 is represented, but each of hydrogen atoms on A L71 and A L72 may be independently substituted by a fluorine atom, and
  • Z L71 has the same meaning as Z L2 in formula (L)
  • X L71 and X L72 each independently represent a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom.
  • R L71 and R L72 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms of 2 to 5 carbon atoms preferably,
  • a L71 and A L72 each independently 1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group is preferably a hydrogen atom on a L71 and a L72 may be substituted by fluorine atoms independently,
  • Z L71 is a single A bond or COO- is preferable, a single bond is preferable, and
  • X L71 and X L72 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
  • the types of compounds that can be combined are, for example, one type, two types, three types, and four types in one embodiment.
  • the amount of the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) contained in the liquid crystal composition is the solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process compatibility, dripping marks, image sticking It is necessary to adjust appropriately according to the required performance such as dielectric anisotropy.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-7) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, and 3% by mass or more. It is 5% by mass or more, 7% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 14% by mass or more, 16% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, 23 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less 10% by mass or less and 5% by mass or less.
  • liquid crystal composition When a liquid crystal composition is desired to have a high Tni, it is preferable to increase the content of the compound represented by formula (L-7), and to decrease the content when a low viscosity liquid crystal composition is desired. Is preferred.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-7.1) to Formula (L-7.4), and Formula (L-7. It is more preferable that it is a compound represented by 2).
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-7. 11) to Formula (L-7. 13), and the compound represented by Formula (L-7. It is more preferable that it is a compound represented by 11).
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-7.21) to Formula (L-7.23), and the compound represented by Formula (L-7. It is more preferable that it is a compound represented by 21).
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-7. 31) to Formula (L-7. 34), and the compound represented by Formula (L-7. 31) or / and a compound represented by the formula (L-7. 32) are more preferable.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-7.41) to Formula (L-7.44), and the compound represented by Formula (L-7. 41) or / and a compound represented by the formula (L-7. 42) are more preferable.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-7.51) to Formula (L-7.53).
  • the liquid crystal composition of the present invention may further contain a polymerizable compound.
  • a polymerizable compound such as a polymeric compound, It is preferable to include at least 1 sort (s) of a compound represented by the following general formula (P).
  • Z p1 represents a fluorine atom, a cyano group, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms in which a hydrogen atom may be substituted by a halogen atom, and a hydrogen atom is substituted by a halogen atom
  • An alkoxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms in which a hydrogen atom may be substituted with a halogen atom, a carbon atom number in which a hydrogen atom may be substituted for a halogen atom 1 to 15 alkenyloxy group or -Sp 2 -R p 2 is represented.
  • R p1 and R p2 each represent any one of the following formulas (RI) to (R-IX).
  • Sp p1 and Sp p2 each represent a spacer group
  • M p2 is a 1,4-phenylene group, a 1,4-cyclohexylene group, an anthracene-2,6-diyl group, a phenanthrene-2,7-diyl group, a pyridine-2,5-diyl group, a pyrimidine-2, 5-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, indan-2,5-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,3-dioxane-2,5 -Represents a diyl group or a single bond, but M p2 is unsubstituted or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms And may be substituted with a halogenated alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms
  • M p1 represents any one of the following formulas (i-11) to (ix-11).
  • M p3 represents any one of the following formulas (i-13) to (ix-13).
  • m p2 to m p4 each independently represent 0, 1, 2 or 3 and m p1 and m p5 each independently represent 1, 2 or 3, and If the Z p1 there are multiple, they may be the being the same or different, when R p1 is more present, they may be the being the same or different, R p2 When there exist two or more, they may mutually be same or different and when two or more Sp p1 exist, they may mutually be same or different and Sp p2 is plural.
  • they When they exist, they may be the same or different from each other, and when there are a plurality of L p1 , they may be the same as or different from each other, and there are a plurality of M p2 In the case, they may be identical to or different from one another.
  • the pretilt angle of liquid crystal molecules can be suitably formed.
  • the liquid crystal composition preferably does not contain a compound having a structure in which oxygen atoms such as a peracid (—CO—OO—) structure are bonded to each other in the molecule.
  • the content of the compound having a carbonyl group relative to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is preferably 5% by mass or less, and 3% by mass or less It is more preferable that the content be 1% by mass or less, and it is most preferable that the content not be substantially contained.
  • the content of the compound substituted by chlorine atoms relative to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is preferably 15% by mass or less, and 10% by mass or less
  • the content is more preferably 8% by mass or less, further preferably 5% by mass or less, particularly preferably 3% by mass or less, and most preferably substantially non-containing.
  • the content is preferably 80% by mass or more, more preferably 90% by mass or more, still more preferably 95% by mass or more, and most preferably substantially 100% by mass.
  • the content of the compound having a cyclohexenylene group as a ring structure, and the compound having a cyclohexenylene group with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 8% by mass or less, still more preferably 5% by mass or less, particularly preferably 3% by mass or less, substantially It is most preferable not to contain.
  • the content of a compound having a 2-methylbenzene-1,4-diyl group in which the hydrogen atom may be substituted with a halogen in the molecule may be reduced.
  • the content of the compound having a 2-methylbenzene-1,4-diyl group in the molecule is preferably 10% by mass or less and 8% by mass or less based on the total amount of the liquid crystal composition. Is more preferable, 5% by mass or less is more preferable, 3% by mass or less is particularly preferable, and substantially no content is most preferable.
  • liquid crystal composition substantially does not contain “compound X” means that it does not contain “compound X” in an amount exceeding the amount that is unintentionally (unavoidably) included in the liquid crystal composition. is there.
  • the preferable lower limit of the average elastic constant (K AVG ) of the liquid crystal composition is 10 or more, 10.5 or more, 11 or more, 11.5 or more, 12 or more, 12.3 or more 14. or more, 12.5 or more, 13 or more, 13.3 or more, 13.5 or more, 13.8 or more, 14 or more, 14. 3 or more, 14.5 or more, 14.8 or more, 15 or more, 15.3 or more, 15.5 or more, 15.8 or more, 16 or more, 16.3 or more, 16.5 or more, 16.8 or more, 17 or more, 17.3 or more, 17.5 or more, 17.8 or more, 18 or more is there.
  • the preferable upper limit of the average elastic constant (K AVG ) of the liquid crystal composition is 25 or less, 24.5 or less, 24 or less, 23.5 or less, 23 or less, or 22. 8 or less, 22.5 or less, 22.3 or less, 22 or less, 21.8 or less, 21.5 or less, 21.3 or less, 21 or less, 20.8 or less, 20.5 or less, 20.3 or less, 20 or less, 19.8 or less, 19.5 or less, 19.3 or less, 19 or less Yes, 18.8 or less, 18.5 or less, 18.3 or less, 18 or less, 17.8 or less, 17.5 or less, 17.3 or less, 17 It is below.
  • K AVG When importance is given to reducing power consumption, it is effective to reduce the amount of light from the backlight, and it is preferable to improve the light transmittance of the liquid crystal display element. For that purpose, the value of K AVG should be set lower. preferable. When emphasis is placed on improvement of response speed, it is preferable to set the value of K AVG higher.
  • liquid crystal display element The liquid crystal composition of the present invention is applied to a liquid crystal display element.
  • a liquid crystal display element Hereinafter, the example of the liquid crystal display element which concerns on this embodiment is demonstrated, referring FIG.1, 2 suitably.
  • FIG. 1 is a view schematically showing the structure of a liquid crystal display device.
  • the respective components are illustrated separately for convenience of explanation.
  • the liquid crystal display element 1 As shown in FIG. 1, the liquid crystal display element 1 according to the present embodiment is provided between the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 and the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 which are disposed to face each other.
  • the liquid crystal layer 4 is composed of the liquid crystal composition described above.
  • the pixel electrode layer 5 is formed on the surface of the first substrate 2 on the liquid crystal layer 4 side.
  • a common electrode layer 6 is formed on the second substrate 3 on the liquid crystal layer 4 side.
  • the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 may be sandwiched by a pair of polarizing plates 7 and 8.
  • a color filter 9 may be further provided on the liquid crystal layer 4 side of the second substrate 3.
  • the liquid crystal display element 1 includes the first polarizing plate 7, the first substrate 2, the pixel electrode layer 5, the liquid crystal layer 4 containing a liquid crystal composition, the common electrode layer 6, and the color filter 9 has a configuration in which the second substrate 3 and the second polarizing plate 8 are laminated in this order.
  • the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 are formed of a flexible material such as glass or plastic, for example. At least one of the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 may be formed of a transparent material, and the other may be formed of a transparent material or an opaque material such as metal or silicon.
  • the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 are bonded to each other by a sealing material and a sealing material such as an epoxy-based thermosetting composition disposed in the peripheral region, and in order to maintain the distance between the substrates
  • a sealing material and a sealing material such as an epoxy-based thermosetting composition disposed in the peripheral region, and in order to maintain the distance between the substrates
  • particulate spacers such as glass particles, plastic particles, and alumina particles, or spacer posts made of a resin formed by photolithography may be disposed.
  • the first polarizing plate 7 and the second polarizing plate 8 can be adjusted so that the viewing angle and the contrast become good by adjusting the polarization axes of the respective polarizing plates, and their transmission axes operate in the normally black mode It is preferable to have transmission axes orthogonal to one another.
  • any one of the first polarizing plate 7 and the second polarizing plate 8 is preferably arranged to have a transmission axis parallel to the alignment direction of liquid crystal molecules when no voltage is applied.
  • the color filter 9 preferably forms a black matrix, and preferably forms a black matrix (not shown) in the portion corresponding to the thin film transistor.
  • the black matrix may be placed on the substrate opposite to the array substrate together with the color filter, or may be placed on the array substrate side together with the color filter, the black matrix on the array substrate, and the color filter on the other substrate. It may be installed separately. Also, the black matrix may be installed separately from the color filter, but may be one that reduces the transmittance by overlapping each color of the color filter.
  • FIG. 2 is an enlarged plan view of a region surrounded by an I line which is a part of the pixel electrode layer 5 formed on the first substrate 2 in FIG.
  • a plurality of gate bus lines 11 for supplying a scanning signal and a plurality of display signals are supplied.
  • Data bus lines 12 cross each other and are arranged in a matrix. Note that FIG. 2 shows only the pair of gate bus lines 11 and 11 and the pair of data bus lines 12 and 12.
  • a unit pixel of the liquid crystal display element is formed by a region surrounded by the plurality of gate bus lines 11 and the plurality of data bus lines 12, and the pixel electrode 13 is formed in the unit pixel.
  • the pixel electrode 13 has a so-called fishbone structure including two stems having a cross shape orthogonal to each other and a plurality of branches extending from each stem.
  • a Cs electrode 14 is provided substantially in parallel with the gate bus line 11.
  • a thin film transistor including a source electrode 15 and a drain electrode 16 is provided in the vicinity of an intersection where the gate bus line 11 and the data bus line 12 intersect with each other.
  • the drain electrode 16 is provided with a contact hole 17.
  • Gate bus line 11 and data bus line 12 are preferably each formed of a metal film, and more preferably formed of Al, Cu, Au, Ag, Cr, Ta, Ti, Mo, W, Ni or an alloy thereof More preferably, it is formed of Mo, Al or an alloy thereof.
  • the pixel electrode 13 is preferably a transparent electrode in order to improve the transmittance.
  • the transparent electrode is formed by sputtering an oxide semiconductor (ZnO, InGaZnO, SiGe, GaAs, IZO (Indium Zinc Oxide), ITO (Indium Tin Oxide), SnO, TiO, AZTO (AlZnSnO), or the like).
  • the film thickness of the transparent electrode may be 10 to 200 nm.
  • the transparent electrode can be formed as a polycrystalline ITO film by firing the amorphous ITO film.
  • a wiring is formed by sputtering a metal material such as Al or its alloy on the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3, and the pixel electrode layer 5 and the common electrode layer 6 are formed.
  • a metal material such as Al or its alloy
  • the color filter 9 can be produced, for example, by a pigment dispersion method, a printing method, an electrodeposition method, a dyeing method, or the like.
  • a method of producing a color filter by the pigment dispersion method will be described by way of example.
  • a curable coloring composition for a color filter is applied on the transparent substrate, subjected to a patterning process, and cured by heating or light irradiation. By performing this process for each of three colors of red, green, and blue, it is possible to create a pixel portion for a color filter.
  • the color filter 9 may be installed on the side of the substrate having a TFT or the like.
  • the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 face each other such that the pixel electrode layer 5 and the common electrode layer 6 are on the inner side, but at this time, the distance between the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 You may adjust the At this time, it is preferable to adjust the thickness of the liquid crystal layer 4 to, for example, 1 to 100 ⁇ m.
  • the polarizing plates 7 and 8 it is preferable to adjust the product of the refractive index anisotropy ⁇ n of the liquid crystal layer 4 and the thickness of the liquid crystal layer 4 so as to maximize the contrast.
  • the polarization axes of the respective polarizing plates can be adjusted to adjust the viewing angle and contrast to be good. Furthermore, retardation films for widening the viewing angle can also be used.
  • a sealing agent such as an epoxy-based thermosetting composition is screen-printed on the substrate in a form provided with a liquid crystal injection port, the substrates are bonded to each other, and heating is performed to thermally cure the sealing agent.
  • a usual vacuum injection method or one drop fill (ODF) method can be used, but in the vacuum injection method, a drip mark is Although it does not occur, it has a problem that a trace of injection remains, but in the present embodiment, it can be more suitably used for a display element manufactured using the ODF method.
  • ODF one drop fill
  • a sealing agent such as an epoxy-based combination heat and light curing property is drawn on a back plane or front plane substrate in a closed loop shape using a dispenser, and removed therefrom.
  • a liquid crystal display element can be manufactured by bonding a front plane and a backplane after dropping a predetermined amount of composition under air.
  • the liquid crystal composition of this embodiment Since the liquid crystal can be stably dropped over a long time with little influence on rapid pressure change and impact in the dropping device, the yield of the liquid crystal display element can be kept high.
  • the liquid crystal composition contains a polymerizable compound
  • a method of polymerizing these compounds in order to obtain good alignment performance of liquid crystal molecules Since a suitable polymerization rate is desirable, a method of polymerizing by irradiating an active energy ray such as an ultraviolet ray or an electron beam singly or in combination or sequentially is preferable.
  • an active energy ray such as an ultraviolet ray or an electron beam singly or in combination or sequentially is preferable.
  • an active energy ray such as an ultraviolet ray or an electron beam singly or in combination or sequentially is preferable.
  • a polarized light source may be used or a non-polarized light source may be used.
  • the substrate on the irradiation surface side must have appropriate transparency to active energy rays.
  • the alignment state of the unpolymerized part is changed by changing conditions such as an electric field, a magnetic field or temperature, and irradiation of active energy rays is further performed.
  • a means of polymerization may be used.
  • the alternating electric field to be applied is preferably an alternating current having a frequency of 10 Hz to 10 kHz, more preferably a frequency of 60 Hz to 10 kHz, and the voltage is selected depending on the desired pretilt angle of the liquid crystal display element. That is, the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal display element can be controlled by the applied voltage. In the liquid crystal display element in the transverse electric field type MVA mode, the pretilt angle is preferably controlled to 80 degrees to 89.9 degrees from the viewpoint of alignment stability and contrast.
  • the temperature at the time of irradiation is preferably within a temperature range in which the liquid crystal state of the liquid crystal composition is maintained.
  • the liquid crystal composition is preferably polymerized at a temperature close to room temperature, ie, typically at a temperature of 15 to 35.degree.
  • a lamp that generates ultraviolet light a metal halide lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, or the like can be used.
  • a wavelength of the ultraviolet-ray to irradiate it is preferable to irradiate the ultraviolet-ray of the wavelength range which is not an absorption wavelength range of a liquid crystal composition, and it is preferable to cut and use an ultraviolet-ray as needed.
  • Intensity of ultraviolet irradiation is preferably from 0.1mW / cm 2 ⁇ 100W / cm 2, 2mW / cm 2 ⁇ 50W / cm 2 is more preferable.
  • the amount of energy of the ultraviolet rays to be irradiated can be appropriately adjusted, but is preferably 10 mJ / cm 2 to 500 J / cm 2, and more preferably 100 mJ / cm 2 to 200 J / cm 2 .
  • the intensity may be changed when irradiating ultraviolet light.
  • the irradiation time of the ultraviolet light is appropriately selected depending on the intensity of the ultraviolet light, but is preferably 10 seconds to 3600 seconds, and more preferably 10 seconds to 600 seconds.
  • the alignment assistant (the first compound and the second compound) does not inhibit the polymerization reaction of the above-mentioned polymerizable compound
  • the polymerizable compounds are preferably polymerized with each other to cause unreacted polymerization. It is possible to suppress the residual compound in the liquid crystal composition.
  • the liquid crystal display element 1 obtained is provided between the two substrates 2 and 3 and the two substrates 2 and 3
  • the liquid crystal layer 4 includes a polymer of the first compound, the second compound, and the compound represented by the general formula (P).
  • the polymer of the first compound, the second compound, and the compound represented by the general formula (P) is unevenly distributed on the side of the substrates 2 and 3 in the liquid crystal layer 4.
  • the liquid crystal layer 4 contains a polymer of the first compound and the second compound.
  • the liquid crystal display element 1 may be an active matrix drive liquid crystal display element.
  • the liquid crystal display element 1 may be a PSA type, PSVA type, VA type, IPS type, FFS type or ECB type liquid crystal display element, and is preferably a PSA type liquid crystal display element.
  • liquid crystal display device of the present embodiment a liquid crystal composition containing an alignment aid (first compound and second compound) is used, so the liquid crystal layer 4 side of the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 is used. It is not necessary to provide an alignment film such as a polyimide alignment film. That is, in the liquid crystal display element of the present embodiment, at least one of the two substrates can have a configuration without an alignment film such as a polyimide alignment film.
  • the alignment assistant, the liquid crystal composition and the liquid crystal display device of the present invention have been described above based on the illustrated embodiments, the present invention is not limited to this, and each configuration has any function having the same function. Or any other configuration may be added.
  • n in the table is a natural number.
  • n in the table is a natural number.
  • Liquid Crystal Composition (Example 1) 0.3 wt% of the compound (PJ-I-1) as the first compound and 0.3 wt% of the compound (PJ-II-1) as the second compound with respect to 100 wt% of the liquid crystal mixture LC-1 % By weight was added to prepare a liquid crystal composition.
  • Example 2 A liquid crystal composition is prepared by adding 0.5% by weight of the compound (PJ-I-1) and 0.5% by weight of the compound (PJ-II-1) to 100% by weight of the liquid crystal mixture LC-1 Was prepared.
  • Example 3 A liquid crystal composition is prepared by adding 0.5% by weight of a compound (PJ-I-1) and 1.0% by weight of a compound (PJ-II-1) to 100% by weight of a liquid crystal mixture LC-1 Was prepared.
  • Examples 4 to 6 A liquid crystal composition was prepared in the same manner as in Examples 1 to 3 except that the first compound was changed from the compound (PJ-I-1) to the compound (PJ-I-2).
  • Example 7 to 9 A liquid crystal composition was prepared in the same manner as in Examples 1 to 3 except that the first compound was changed from the compound (PJ-I-1) to the compound (PJ-I-3).
  • Examples 10 to 12 A liquid crystal composition was prepared in the same manner as in Examples 1 to 3 except that the first compound was changed from the compound (PJ-I-1) to the compound (PJ-I-4).
  • Examples 13 to 15 A liquid crystal composition was prepared in the same manner as in Examples 1 to 3 except that the first compound was changed from the compound (PJ-I-1) to the compound (PJ-I-5).
  • Example 16 to 18 A liquid crystal composition was prepared in the same manner as in Examples 7 to 9 except that the second compound was changed from compound (PJ-II-1) to compound (PJ-II-2).
  • Example 19 A liquid crystal composition was prepared in the same manner as in Examples 7 to 9 except that the second compound was changed from compound (PJ-II-1) to compound (PJ-II-3).
  • Example 22 to 24 A liquid crystal composition was prepared in the same manner as in Examples 7 to 9 except that the second compound was changed from compound (PJ-II-1) to compound (PJ-II-4).
  • Examples 25 to 27 A liquid crystal composition was prepared in the same manner as in Examples 4 to 6 except that the second compound was changed from compound (PJ-II-1) to compound (PJ-II-2).
  • Example 28 to 30 A liquid crystal composition was prepared in the same manner as in Examples 4 to 6 except that the second compound was changed from compound (PJ-II-1) to compound (PJ-II-3).
  • Examples 31 to 33 A liquid crystal composition was prepared in the same manner as in Examples 4 to 6 except that the second compound was changed from compound (PJ-II-1) to compound (PJ-II-4).
  • Examples 34 to 43 A liquid crystal composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example 23 except that the liquid crystal composition LC-1 was changed to the liquid crystal compositions LC-2 to LC-8.
  • Example 1 A liquid crystal composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compound (PJ-I-1) and the compound (PJ-II-1) were not used.
  • Example 2 A liquid crystal composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that 1.0 wt% of each of the following compounds Ref-1 to Ref-3 was added to 100 wt% of the liquid crystal mixture LC-1.
  • a first substrate having a transparent common electrode layer but not having an alignment film, and a pixel electrode layer including a transparent pixel electrode driven by an active element have an alignment film.
  • a second substrate pixel electrode substrate
  • a sealing material was disposed along the outer peripheral edge of the first substrate, and the liquid crystal composition was dropped on the first substrate and inside the sealing material.
  • the second substrate was disposed to face the first substrate with the sealing material interposed therebetween, and the liquid crystal composition was sandwiched between the first substrate and the second substrate.
  • the sealing material was cured under normal pressure at 110 ° C. for 2 hours.
  • a liquid crystal cell with a cell gap of 3.2 ⁇ m was obtained.
  • the second substrate was disposed to face the first substrate with the sealing material interposed therebetween, and the liquid crystal composition was sandwiched between the first substrate and the second substrate.
  • the sealing material was cured under normal pressure at 110 ° C. for 2 hours.
  • a liquid crystal cell with a cell gap of 3.2 ⁇ m was obtained.
  • the second substrate was disposed to face the first substrate with the sealing material interposed therebetween, and the liquid crystal composition was sandwiched between the first substrate and the second substrate.
  • the sealing material was cured under normal pressure at 110 ° C. for 2 hours to obtain a liquid crystal cell with a cell gap of 3.5 ⁇ m.
  • A Uniform vertical alignment over the entire surface including the boundary portion of the pattern substrate, edges, etc.
  • A less than 300 ppm B: greater than or equal to 300 ppm and less than 500 ppm.
  • the alignment assistant and the liquid crystal composition of the present invention have an excellent ability to control the alignment of liquid crystal molecules and high storage stability. Further, it was also found that the liquid crystal display element of the present invention has excellent response characteristics.

Abstract

Provided is an alignment assistant which is capable of ensuring storage stability if added into a liquid crystal composition, and which causes liquid crystal molecules to vertically align spontaneously even if a PI layer is omitted. Also provided are: a liquid crystal composition which exhibits excellent storage stability and which enables vertical alignment of liquid crystal molecules even if a PI layer is omitted; and a liquid crystal display element which uses this liquid crystal composition. An alignment assistant according to the present invention is arranged between two substrates together with liquid crystal molecules and causes the liquid crystal molecules to align spontaneously. This alignment assistant is characterized by containing a first compound which contains at least one first affinity group that has an affinity for the substrates and a second compound which contains at least one second affinity group that has an affinity for the substrates, while having a lower polarity than the first affinity group.

Description

配向助剤、液晶組成物及び液晶表示素子Alignment aid, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display device
 本発明は、配向助剤、液晶組成物及び液晶表示素子に関する。 The present invention relates to an alignment aid, a liquid crystal composition and a liquid crystal display device.
 従来、VA方式の液晶ディスプレイでは、電圧無印加時に液晶分子の垂直配向を誘起し、電圧印加時に液晶分子の水平配向を実現するために、電極上に配向層として機能するポリイミド(PI)層が設けられている。しかしながら、PI層の製膜には、多大なコストを要するため、近年では、PI層を省略しつつも、液晶分子の配向を実現するための方法が検討されている。 Conventionally, in a VA type liquid crystal display, a polyimide (PI) layer that functions as an alignment layer on an electrode is used to induce vertical alignment of liquid crystal molecules when no voltage is applied and to realize horizontal alignment of liquid crystal molecules when voltage is applied. It is provided. However, since the film formation of the PI layer requires a large cost, in recent years, a method for achieving the alignment of liquid crystal molecules has been studied while omitting the PI layer.
 例えば、特許文献1には、負の誘電異方性を有する極性化合物の混合物を基礎とし、少なくとも1種類の自発配向性添加剤を含有することを特徴とする液晶媒体が開示され、この液晶媒体を、配向層を含まないディスプレイにおいて好適に使用し得る旨が記載されている。そして、特許文献1では、自発配向性添加剤として、水酸基を有する特定の化合物が用いられている。 For example, Patent Document 1 discloses a liquid crystal medium based on a mixture of polar compounds having negative dielectric anisotropy and containing at least one kind of spontaneous orientation additive. It is described that it can be suitably used in the display which does not contain the orientation layer. And in patent document 1, the specific compound which has a hydroxyl group is used as a spontaneous orientation additive.
特表2014-524951号公報JP-A-2014-524951
 しかしながら、本発明者らの検討によれば、特許文献1に記載されている自己配向性添加剤を用いた場合、液晶分子を垂直に配向させる配向規制力が十分ではなく、PI層を有さない液晶表示素子を作製した際、液晶表示素子の端部で液晶分子が所定の配向状態を示さないことに起因する配向ムラが生じ、改善が必要であること、また、該自発配向性添加剤を含有した液晶組成物を保存している際に結晶の析出が生じてしまい、保存安定性の点で改善の余地があることが判明した。 However, according to the study of the present inventors, when the self-orientation additive described in Patent Document 1 is used, the alignment control force for vertically aligning the liquid crystal molecules is not sufficient, and it has a PI layer. That when the liquid crystal display element is manufactured, alignment unevenness is caused due to the liquid crystal molecules not showing a predetermined alignment state at the end of the liquid crystal display element, and improvement is necessary, and the spontaneous alignment additive It has been found that crystals are deposited during storage of the liquid crystal composition containing H, and there is room for improvement in terms of storage stability.
 そこで、本発明の目的は、配向助剤(自己配向性添加剤)と液晶分子とを含有する液晶組成物の保存安定性を確保でき、PI層を省略しても、液晶分子を自発的に垂直配向させる配向助剤を提供することにある。また、本発明の他の目的は、保存安定性に優れ、PI層を省略しても、PSA型、PSVA型、VA型などの液晶表示素子を実現できる液晶組成物、及び該液晶組成物を用いた液晶表示素子を提供することにある。 Therefore, the object of the present invention is to ensure the storage stability of the liquid crystal composition containing the alignment assistant (self-alignment additive) and the liquid crystal molecules, and spontaneously eliminate the liquid crystal molecules even if the PI layer is omitted. An object of the present invention is to provide an alignment aid for vertically aligning. Further, another object of the present invention is a liquid crystal composition which is excellent in storage stability and can realize a liquid crystal display element such as PSA type, PSVA type or VA type even if PI layer is omitted, and the liquid crystal composition. It is providing the used liquid crystal display element.
 本発明は、2つの基板間に液晶分子とともに配置され、前記液晶分子を自発的に配向させる配向助剤であって、
 前記基板に対する親和性を有する少なくとも1つの第1の親和性基を含む第1の化合物と、
 前記基板に対する親和性を有し、かつ前記第1の親和性基より極性が低い少なくとも1つの第2の親和性基を含む第2の化合物と、を含有することを特徴とする配向助剤を提供する。
The present invention is an alignment aid which is disposed along with liquid crystal molecules between two substrates and causes the liquid crystal molecules to be spontaneously aligned,
A first compound comprising at least one first affinity group having an affinity for the substrate;
A second compound containing at least one second affinity group having an affinity for the substrate and having a polarity lower than that of the first affinity group; provide.
 また、本発明は、本発明の配向助剤と、液晶分子とを含有し、誘電率異方性(Δε)が負である液晶組成物を提供する。 The present invention also provides a liquid crystal composition containing the alignment assistant of the present invention and liquid crystal molecules and having a negative dielectric anisotropy (Δε).
 さらに、本発明は、2つの基板と、該2つの基板の間に設けられた本発明の液晶組成物を含む液晶層と、を備える液晶表示素子を提供する。 Furthermore, the present invention provides a liquid crystal display device comprising two substrates and a liquid crystal layer comprising the liquid crystal composition of the present invention provided between the two substrates.
 本発明によれば、保存安定性に優れ、PI層を省略しても、液晶分子の均一な垂直配向が可能な配向助剤、該配向助剤を含有した液晶組成物、及び該液晶組成物を用いた液晶表示素子の提供が可能となる。 According to the present invention, an alignment aid which is excellent in storage stability and capable of uniform vertical alignment of liquid crystal molecules even if the PI layer is omitted, a liquid crystal composition containing the alignment aid, and the liquid crystal composition It is possible to provide a liquid crystal display device using the
液晶表示素子の一実施形態を模式的に示す図である。It is a figure which shows typically one Embodiment of a liquid crystal display element. 図1におけるI線で囲まれた領域を拡大した平面図である。It is the top view to which the area | region enclosed by I line in FIG. 1 was expanded.
 以下、本発明の配向助剤、液晶組成物及び液晶表示素子について、好適実施形態に基づいて詳細に説明する。
(配向助剤)
 本発明の配向助剤は、2つの基板間に液晶分子とともに配置されることにより、液晶分子を自発的に配向させ得る。この配向助剤は、基板に対する親和性を有する少なくとも1つの第1の親和性基を含む第1の化合物と、基板に対する親和性を有し、かつ第1の親和性基より極性が低い少なくとも1つの第2の親和性基を含む第2の化合物とを含有する。
Hereinafter, the alignment assistant, the liquid crystal composition and the liquid crystal display device of the present invention will be described in detail based on preferred embodiments.
(Alignment aid)
The alignment assistant of the present invention can align liquid crystal molecules spontaneously by being disposed along with the liquid crystal molecules between two substrates. The orientation aid includes a first compound containing at least one first affinity group having an affinity for the substrate, at least one having an affinity for the substrate and having a polarity lower than that of the first affinity group. And a second compound containing two second affinity groups.
 第1の化合物及び第2の化合物は、それぞれ基板に対する親和性を有する親和性基と、この親和性基より基板に対する親和性の低い他の部分(他の構造)とを備える。 The first compound and the second compound each have an affinity group having an affinity for the substrate and another portion (other structure) having a lower affinity for the substrate than the affinity group.
 このため、配向助剤と液晶分子とを含有する液晶組成物を2つの基板間に供給して液晶層を形成した際に、第1の化合物及び第2の化合物の双方を、親和性基を基板に吸着(付着)させ、他の部分を基板から離れるように配置(配向)することができる。このように配置された第1の化合物及び第2の化合物の存在により、液晶層中において液晶分子を垂直方向に配向させた状態で保持することができる。 For this reason, when a liquid crystal composition containing an alignment aid and liquid crystal molecules is supplied between two substrates to form a liquid crystal layer, both of the first compound and the second compound are used as affinity groups. It can be adsorbed (adhered) to the substrate, and the other part can be arranged (oriented) away from the substrate. By the presence of the first compound and the second compound arranged in this manner, liquid crystal molecules can be held in the liquid crystal layer with the liquid crystal molecules aligned in the vertical direction.
 ここで、親和性基は、基板に吸着(付着)して、第1の化合物及び第2の化合物を基板に固定する機能を有することから、吸着性基(付着性基)、ペグ基、シンカー基(sinker基)又はアンカー基とも称することができる。 Here, since the affinity group has a function of adsorbing (adhering) to the substrate to fix the first compound and the second compound to the substrate, an adsorptive group (adhesive group), a PEG group, a sinker It can also be referred to as a group (sinker group) or an anchor group.
 このような本発明の配向助剤によれば、PI層を省略しても、液晶分子を配向させる(電圧無印加時に液晶分子の垂直配向を誘起し、電圧印加時に液晶分子の水平配向を実現する)ことが可能となる。したがって、第1の化合物及び第2の化合物は、いずれも液晶層中における液晶分子の自発配向を助けるために好適に使用される。 According to such an alignment assistant of the present invention, even if the PI layer is omitted, the liquid crystal molecules are aligned (in the absence of voltage application, the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal molecules is induced, and in the voltage application, the horizontal alignment of liquid crystal molecules is realized. It is possible to Therefore, both the first compound and the second compound are suitably used to aid the spontaneous alignment of liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal layer.
 第1の親和性基と第2の親和性基とは、それらの極性が互いに異なっており、特に、第1の親和性基の極性が第2の親和性基より極性より高くなっている。このため、液晶組成物を基板上に供給すると、第1の親和性基は、第2の親和性基より早期に基板に吸着する。その結果、第1の化合物が第2の化合物より優先的に基板に固定される。 The first affinity group and the second affinity group are different in polarity from each other, and in particular, the polarity of the first affinity group is higher than that of the second affinity group. Therefore, when the liquid crystal composition is supplied onto the substrate, the first affinity group is adsorbed to the substrate earlier than the second affinity group. As a result, the first compound is fixed to the substrate preferentially to the second compound.
 一方、第2の化合物は、基板上に均一に濡れ広がった後、基板に固定される。このとき、第2の化合物は、基板に固定された第1の化合物を基準(基点)にして整列(配向)することができる。 On the other hand, the second compound is fixed to the substrate after being uniformly wetted and spread on the substrate. At this time, the second compound can be aligned (oriented) with respect to the first compound fixed to the substrate.
 このようなことから、本発明の配向助剤は、少なくとも1つの第1の親和性基を含む第1の化合物と、第2の親和性基を含む第2の化合物とを含有する極性の親和性基を有する第2の化合物を含有することにより、液晶分子のより確実な配向規制力(配向ムラの発生防止効果)を発揮することができる。 As such, the alignment aid of the present invention has a polar affinity containing a first compound containing at least one first affinity group and a second compound containing a second affinity group. By containing the second compound having a property group, it is possible to exhibit a more reliable alignment control force (preventing effect of occurrence of alignment unevenness) of liquid crystal molecules.
 また、第1の化合物は、比較的極性の高い第1の親和性基を有するため、その液晶組成物中に含まれる量を多くすると、析出し易くなる傾向にある。 In addition, since the first compound has a relatively high polarity first affinity group, it tends to be easily precipitated when the amount contained in the liquid crystal composition is increased.
 本発明の配向助剤は、比較的極性の低い第2の親和性基を有する第2の化合物を含有することにより、第1の化合物の液晶組成物中での析出を防止又は抑制することができる。これにより、液晶組成物の保存安定性(特に、低温での保存時における安定性)を確保することができる。 The alignment assistant of the present invention prevents or suppresses the precipitation of the first compound in the liquid crystal composition by containing the second compound having the second affinity group having a relatively low polarity. it can. Thereby, the storage stability of the liquid crystal composition (particularly, the stability during storage at low temperature) can be secured.
 なお、第1の化合物の量を少なくしても、本発明の配向助剤によれば、第2の化合物との相乗効果により、液晶分子の十分な配向規制力を発揮することができる。 Even when the amount of the first compound is reduced, according to the alignment auxiliary agent of the present invention, sufficient syntactic control ability of liquid crystal molecules can be exhibited by the synergetic effect with the second compound.
 また、配向助剤中における第1の化合物と第2の化合物との比率は、特に限定されないが、重量比で1:0.1~1:10程度であることが好ましく、1:0.5~1:5程度であることがより好ましい。このような比率で第1の化合物と第2の化合物とを含有することにより、配向助剤は、液晶分子の配向規制力を高める効果と液晶組成物の保存安定性を確保する効果との双方を確実に発揮することができる。 The ratio of the first compound to the second compound in the alignment aid is not particularly limited, but it is preferably about 1: 0.1 to 1:10 by weight ratio, 1: 0.5. It is more preferable that the ratio is about 1: 5. By containing the first compound and the second compound in such a ratio, the alignment assistant has both an effect of enhancing the alignment control power of liquid crystal molecules and an effect of securing the storage stability of the liquid crystal composition. Can be demonstrated with certainty.
 使用する第1の化合物及び第2の化合物の具体的な量は、液晶組成物とした際の液晶分子の量との関係で規定することができる。 Specific amounts of the first compound and the second compound to be used can be defined in relation to the amount of liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal composition.
 第1の化合物の量は、液晶分子100重量%に対して、0.1~1.5重量%程度であることが好ましく、0.3~1.3重量%程度であることがより好ましい。 The amount of the first compound is preferably about 0.1 to 1.5% by weight, and more preferably about 0.3 to 1.3% by weight, with respect to 100% by weight of liquid crystal molecules.
 一方、第2の化合物の量も、液晶分子100重量%に対して、0.1~1.5重量%程度であることが好ましく、0.3~1.3重量%程度であることがより好ましい。 On the other hand, the amount of the second compound is also preferably about 0.1 to 1.5% by weight, more preferably about 0.3 to 1.3% by weight, with respect to 100% by weight of liquid crystal molecules. preferable.
 なお、第1及び第2の化合物の合計量は、液晶分子の配向規制力を高める効果を必要かつ十分に発揮し得る範囲で、できるだけ少量(液晶分子100重量%に対して、好ましくは1.4重量%以下、より好ましくは0.5~1重量%程度)に調製することが好ましい。これにより、液晶組成物の保存安定性をより向上させることができる。 The total amount of the first and second compounds is preferably as small as possible (preferably 1.% with respect to 100% by weight of liquid crystal molecules) within a range capable of sufficiently and sufficiently exhibiting the effect of enhancing the alignment regulating power of liquid crystal molecules. It is preferable to adjust to 4 wt% or less, more preferably about 0.5 to 1 wt%). Thereby, the storage stability of the liquid crystal composition can be further improved.
 第1の親和性基及び前記第2の親和性基は、それぞれ下記群より選ばれる基を含み、第1の親和性基の極性より第2の親和性基の極性が低くなるように設計された置換基であることが好ましい。 The first affinity group and the second affinity group each include a group selected from the following group, and are designed such that the polarity of the second affinity group is lower than the polarity of the first affinity group It is preferable that it is a substituted group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
(式中、黒点は結合手を表す。) (In the formula, a black dot represents a bond.)
 上記群より選ばれる基を含む置換基であれば、第1の親和性基と第2の親和性基とを、第1の親和性基の極性より第2の親和性基の極性が低くなるように容易に設計することができる。 If it is a substituent containing a group selected from the above group, the polarity of the second affinity group is lower than the polarity of the first affinity group and the polarity of the first affinity group. It can be designed as easily.
 第1の親和性基は、下記化2で示される群より選ばれる基を含むことが好ましく、下記一般式(K1-1)~(K1-3)で表される群より選ばれることがより好ましい。 The first affinity group preferably contains a group selected from the group represented by the following chemical formula 2, and more preferably selected from the group represented by the following general formulas (K1-1) to (K1-3) preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 式(K1-1)~(K1-3)中、左端の黒点は結合手を表し、
 WK2は、メチン基、C-CH、C-C、窒素原子又は珪素原子を表し、
 WK3は、炭素原子を表し、
 X~Xは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、-OH基又はCH=C(CH)COO-を表し、
 X及びXのうちの少なくとも1つは、-OH基を表し、
 X、X及びXのうちの少なくとも1つは、-OH基を表し、
 Sp、Sp及びSpは、それぞれ単結合又はスペーサー基を表す。
In the formulas (K1-1) to (K1-3), the black dot at the left end represents a bond,
W K2 represents a methine group, C—CH 3 , C—C 2 H 5 , a nitrogen atom or a silicon atom,
W K3 represents a carbon atom,
And X 1 to X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an —OH group or CH 2 CC (CH 3 ) COO—,
At least one of X 1 and X 2 represents an —OH group,
At least one of X 3 , X 4 and X 5 represents an —OH group,
Sp 1 , Sp 2 and Sp 3 each represent a single bond or a spacer group.
 ここで、スペーサー基としては、例えば、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、-C≡C-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCOO-、-OOCO-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CH=CHCOO-、-OCOCH=CH-、-CH-CHCOO-、-OCOCH-CH-、-CH=C(CH)COO-、-OCOC(CH)=CH-、-CH-CH(CH)COO-、-OCOCH(CH)-CH-、-OCHCHO-又は炭素原子数1~20の分岐又は直鎖のアルキレン基(ただし、アルキレン基中の1個又は隣接しない2個以上の-CH-は-O-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されてもよい。)が好適である。 Here, as the spacer group, for example, -CH = CH-, -CF = CF-, -C≡C-, -COO-, -OCO-, -OCOO-, -OOCO-, -CF 2 O-, -OCF 2 -, - CH = CHCOO -, - OCOCH = CH -, - CH 2 -CH 2 COO -, - OCOCH 2 -CH 2 -, - CH = C (CH 3) COO -, - OCOC (CH 3 ) = CH-, -CH 2 -CH (CH 3 ) COO-, -OCOCH (CH 3 ) -CH 2- , -OCH 2 CH 2 O-or a branched or linear alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (However, one or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — in the alkylene group may be substituted with —O—, —COO— or —OCO—).
 このような第1の親和性基は、十分に高い極性を有するため、基板に対するより高い親和力(吸着力)を発揮する。 Such a first affinity group has a sufficiently high polarity, and thus exerts a higher affinity (adsorption capacity) to the substrate.
 Sp、Sp及びSpは、それぞれ単結合又はメチレン基が特に好ましい。 Sp 1 , Sp 2 and Sp 3 each is particularly preferably a single bond or a methylene group.
 第1の親和性基の具体例としては、例えば、下記群に示される置換基が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the first affinity group include, for example, substituents shown in the following group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
(式中、黒点は結合手を表す。) (In the formula, a black dot represents a bond.)
 上記群の中でも、配向助剤としての化学的安定性を重要視する場合、第1の親和性基としては、K1-1、K1-2-1、K1-2-2及びK1-2-3が好ましい。また、液晶分子の配向性を重要視する場合、第1の親和性基としては、K1-2-1、K1-2-2及びK1-2-3が好ましい。 Among the above groups, when importance is attached to the chemical stability as an alignment aid, as the first affinity group, K1-1, K1-2-1, K1-2-2 and K1-2-3 can be used. Is preferred. When importance is given to the orientation of liquid crystal molecules, K1-2-1, K1-2-2 and K1-2-3 are preferable as the first affinity group.
 また、液晶組成物中への溶解性を重要視する場合、第1の親和性基としては、K1-2-4、K1-3-1、K1-3-2、K1-3-3、K1-3-4及びK1-3-5が好ましい。さらに、これらのバランスを重要視する場合、第1の親和性基としては、K1-2-1、K1-2-2、K1-2-3、K1-3-1、K1-3-2、K1-3-3及びK1-3-4がより好ましい。 When importance is attached to solubility in a liquid crystal composition, the first affinity group may be K1-2-4, K1-3-1, K1-3-2, K1-3-3, K1. -3-4 and K1-3-5 are preferred. Furthermore, when importance is placed on these balances, as the first affinity group, K1-2-1, K1-2-2, K1-2-3, K1-3-1, K1-3-2, K1-3-3 and K1-3-4 are more preferred.
 一方、第2の親和性基としては、下記化5で示される群より選ばれる基を含むことが好ましく、下記一般式(K2-1)~(K2-14)で表される群より選ばれることがより好ましい。 On the other hand, the second affinity group preferably contains a group selected from the group represented by the following chemical formula 5, and is selected from the group represented by the following general formulas (K2-1) to (K2-14) Is more preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 式(K2-1)~(K2-14)中、左端の黒点は結合手を表し、
 任意のメチレン基は、それぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~5の直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~5の直鎖又は分岐のアルキルオキシ基、又は炭素原子数1~5の直鎖又は分岐のペルフルオロアルキル基で置換されていてもよく、
 WK1は、メチン基、C-CH、C-C又は窒素原子を表し、
 XK1及びYK1は、それぞれ独立して、-CH-、酸素原子又は硫黄原子を表し、
 ZK1は、酸素原子又は硫黄原子を表す。
In the formulas (K2-1) to (K2-14), the black dot at the left end represents a bond,
The arbitrary methylene group is each independently a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear or branched alkyloxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or 1 to 5 carbon atoms. It may be substituted with a linear or branched perfluoroalkyl group,
W K1 represents a methine group, C—CH 3 , C—C 2 H 5 or a nitrogen atom,
X K1 and Y K1 each independently represent -CH 2- , an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom,
Z K1 represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
 UK1、VK1及びSK1は、それぞれ独立して、メチン基又は窒素原子を表し(ただし、UK1がメチン基、VK1がメチン基、SK1が窒素原子の組み合わせは除く)、
 RK1は、水素原子、炭素原子数1~5の直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~5の直鎖又は分岐のアルキルオキシ基、又は炭素原子数1~5の直鎖又は分岐のペルフルオロアルキル基を表す。
U K1 , V K1 and S K1 each independently represent a methine group or a nitrogen atom (provided that U K1 is a methine group, V K1 is a methine group, and S K1 is a combination of nitrogen atoms),
R K1 represents a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear or branched alkyloxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a linear or branched chain having 1 to 5 carbon atoms Represents a perfluoroalkyl group of
 このような第2の親和性基を含む第2の化合物は、基板上をより均一に濡れ広がり易い。 The second compound containing such a second affinity group tends to wet and spread more uniformly on the substrate.
 上記群の中でも、配向助剤として化学的安定性を重要視する場合、第2の親和性基としては、(K2-1)、(K2-3)、(K2-8)、(K2-9)及び(K2-13)が好ましい。また、液晶分子の配向性を重要視する場合、第2の親和性基としては、(K2-1)及び(K2-3)が好ましい。
  また、液晶組成物中への溶解性を重要視する場合、第2の親和性基としては、(K2-1)、(K2-9)及び(K2-13)が好ましい。さらに、これらのバランスを重要視する場合、第2の親和性基としては、(K2-1)及び(K2-3)がより好ましい。
Among the above groups, when importance is attached to chemical stability as an alignment aid, as the second affinity group, (K2-1), (K2-3), (K2-8), (K2-9) And (K2-13) are preferred. When importance is placed on the orientation of liquid crystal molecules, (K2-1) and (K2-3) are preferable as the second affinity group.
When importance is placed on solubility in the liquid crystal composition, (K2-1), (K2-9) and (K2-13) are preferable as the second affinity group. Furthermore, when emphasizing these balances, (K2-1) and (K2-3) are more preferable as the second affinity group.
 第1の親和性基と第2の親和性基との組み合わせとしては、各種の組み合わせが存在するが、水酸基を含む第1の親和性基とエーテル基又はカーボネート基を含む第2の親和性基との組み合わせが好ましい。第1の親和性基と第2の親和性基とをかかる組み合わせとすることにより、第1の親和性基の極性を十分に高くしつつ、第2の親和性基の極性を第1の親和性基の極性より十分に低くすることができる。このため、液晶分子の配向規制力を高める効果と液晶組成物の保存安定性を確保する効果との双方をより向上させることができる。 As combinations of the first affinity group and the second affinity group, various combinations exist, but the first affinity group containing a hydroxyl group and the second affinity group containing an ether group or a carbonate group The combination with is preferable. By combining the first affinity group and the second affinity group in this combination, the polarity of the second affinity group can be increased to the first affinity while the polarity of the first affinity group is sufficiently increased. It can be sufficiently lower than the polarity of the sex group. Therefore, it is possible to further improve both the effect of enhancing the alignment regulating power of liquid crystal molecules and the effect of securing the storage stability of the liquid crystal composition.
 なお、第1の親和性基及び第2の親和性基の数は、それぞれ1つであってもよいが、複数であってもよい。第1の親和性基及び第2の親和性基の数を設定することにより、第1の化合物及び第2の化合物の基板への固定力を調整することができる。 The number of the first affinity group and the number of the second affinity group may be one or more, respectively. Fixing power of the first compound and the second compound to the substrate can be adjusted by setting the numbers of the first affinity group and the second affinity group.
 また、第1の化合物及び前記第2の化合物は、それぞれ少なくとも1つの重合性基を含むことが好ましい。重合性基同士を重合させることにより、第1の化合物及び第2の化合物を基板により強固に固定することができるとともに、液晶分子の保持力を高めることもできる。その結果、液晶層が基板から剥離することを防止又は抑制することができる。 Preferably, the first compound and the second compound each contain at least one polymerizable group. By polymerizing the polymerizable groups, the first compound and the second compound can be firmly fixed to the substrate, and the retention of liquid crystal molecules can also be enhanced. As a result, peeling of the liquid crystal layer from the substrate can be prevented or suppressed.
 なお、重合性基の数は、1つであってもよいが、複数であってもよい。複数の重合性基を有することにより、第1の化合物及び第2の化合物の架橋密度を高めることができる。このため、これらを基板にさらに強固に固定することができるとともに、液晶分子の保持力をさらに高めることもできる。 The number of polymerizable groups may be one or more than one. By having a plurality of polymerizable groups, the crosslink density of the first compound and the second compound can be increased. Therefore, they can be further firmly fixed to the substrate, and the retention of liquid crystal molecules can be further enhanced.
 このような重合性基は、例えば、下記一般式(P-1)~(P-13)で表される群より選ばれる。 Such polymerizable groups are selected from, for example, the groups represented by the following general formulas (P-1) to (P-13).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
(式中、右端の黒点は結合手を表す。) (In the equation, the black dot on the right represents the bond.)
 これらの重合性基は、反応性が高いため、比較的低いエネルギー(例えば、光エネルギー、熱エネルギー)でも、十分かつ確実に重合させることができる。このため、第1の化合物及び第2の化合物を重合させる際に、液晶分子が悪影響を受けて劣化することを防止又は抑制することができる。
  これらの中でも、重合性基としては、式(P‐1)~式(P-3)で示される基が好ましく、式(P-1)及び式(P-3)で示される基がより好ましい。
Since these polymerizable groups have high reactivity, they can be sufficiently and reliably polymerized even with relatively low energy (for example, light energy, thermal energy). Therefore, when polymerizing the first compound and the second compound, it is possible to prevent or suppress that the liquid crystal molecules are adversely affected and degraded.
Among these, as the polymerizable group, groups represented by Formula (P-1) to Formula (P-3) are preferable, and groups represented by Formula (P-1) and Formula (P-3) are more preferable. .
 第1の化合物及び第2の化合物は、それぞれメソゲン基を含むことが好ましい。これにより、メソゲン基より極性の高い第1の親和性基及び第2の親和性基を基板に吸着させ、極性の低いメソゲン基を基板から離れるようにより確実に配置(配向)することができる。 The first compound and the second compound each preferably contain a mesogenic group. As a result, the first affinity group and the second affinity group, which are higher in polarity than the mesogen group, can be adsorbed onto the substrate, and the low polarity mesogen group can be arranged (orientated) more reliably so as to be separated from the substrate.
 第1の化合物及び第2の化合物がメソゲン基を含むことにより、第1の化合物及び第2の化合物と液晶分子との親和性がより高くなる。このため、第1の化合物及び第2の化合物による液晶分子の配向規制力をより向上させることができる。 When the first compound and the second compound contain a mesogenic group, the affinity between the first compound and the second compound and the liquid crystal molecule is further increased. Therefore, the alignment control power of liquid crystal molecules by the first compound and the second compound can be further improved.
 なお、第1の親和性基、第2の親和性基及び重合性基は、それぞれメソゲン基に直接結合していてもよく、前述したのと同様のスペーサー基を介して結合していてもよい。また、重合性基が結合するメソゲン基の位置は、特に限定されないが、第1の親和性基又は第2の親和性基に近接する位置が好ましい。これにより、液晶分子の配向に悪影響を及ぼすことなく、第1の化合物及び第2の化合物を重合させ、基板により強固に固定することができる。さらに、重合性基は、メソゲン基に対して側方に結合していることが好ましい。 The first affinity group, the second affinity group, and the polymerizable group may be directly bonded to the mesogenic group, or may be bonded through the same spacer group as described above. . Further, the position of the mesogenic group to which the polymerizable group is bonded is not particularly limited, but a position close to the first affinity group or the second affinity group is preferable. Thus, the first compound and the second compound can be polymerized and fixed more firmly to the substrate without adversely affecting the alignment of liquid crystal molecules. Furthermore, it is preferable that the polymerizable group is laterally attached to the mesogenic group.
 このメソゲン基は、例えば、下記一般式(i)で表される。 This mesogenic group is represented, for example, by the following general formula (i).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 式(i)中、左端の黒点及び右端の黒点は結合手を表し、
 Ai1は、2価の6員環芳香族基、2価の6員環複素芳香族基、2価の6員環脂肪族基又は2価の6員環複素脂肪族基を表し、
これらの環構造中の水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、炭素原子数1~10の直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~10の直鎖又は分岐のハロゲン化アルキル基、炭素原子数1~10の直鎖又は分岐のアルコキシ基又はPi1-Spi1-で置換されていてもよく、ここで、Pi1は、前記一般式(P-1)~(P-13)で表される群より選ばれる重合性基を表し、Spi1は、Zi1と同様の意味を表し、
 Zi1は、単結合、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、-C≡C-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCOO-、-OOCO-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CH=CHCOO-、-OCOCH=CH-、-CH-CHCOO-、-OCOCH―CH-、-CH=C(CH)COO-、-OCOC(CH)=CH-、-CH-CH(CH)COO-、-OCOCH(CH)―CH-、-OCHCHO-又は炭素原子数2~20のアルキレン基(ただし、アルキレン基中の1個又は隣接しない2個以上の-CH-は-O-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されてもよい。)を表し、
 mi1は、1~5の整数を表し、
 mi1が2以上の場合、複数のAi1は、互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
In the formula (i), the black point at the left end and the black point at the right end represent a bonding hand,
A i1 represents a divalent 6-membered ring aromatic group, a divalent 6-membered ring heteroaromatic group, a divalent 6-membered ring aliphatic group or a divalent 6-membered ring heteroaliphatic group,
The hydrogen atom in these ring structures is a halogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a linear or branched halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or 1 to 10 carbon atoms. 10 linear or branched alkoxy or P i1 -Sp i1 - may be substituted with, where, P i1 is a group represented by the general formula (P-1) ~ (P -13) S i1 represents a polymerizable group selected from among the above, S i1 has the same meaning as Z i1 ,
Z i1 is a single bond, -CH = CH-, -CF = CF-, -C≡C-, -COO-, -OCO-, -OCOO-, -OOCO-, -CF 2 O-, -OCF 2 -, - CH = CHCOO -, - OCOCH = CH -, - CH 2 -CH 2 COO -, - OCOCH 2 -CH 2 -, - CH = C (CH 3) COO -, - OCOC (CH 3) = CH —, —CH 2 —CH (CH 3 ) COO—, —OCOCH (CH 3 ) —CH 2 —, —OCH 2 CH 2 O— or an alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, provided that it is 1 in the alkylene group Or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — may be substituted with —O—, —COO— or —OCO—.
m i1 represents an integer of 1 to 5 and
When m i1 is 2 or more, a plurality of A i1 may be the same as or different from each other.
 好ましくは、式(i)中のZi1は、単結合、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCOO-、-OOCO-、-CH=CHCOO-、-OCOCH=CH-、-CH-CHCOO-、-OCOCH―CH-、-CH=C(CH)COO-、-OCOC(CH)=CH-、-CH-CH(CH)COO-、-OCOCH(CH)―CH-、-OCHCHO-又は炭素原子数2~20の直鎖状又は分岐状のアルキレン基(ただし、アルキレン基中の1個又は隣接しない2個以上の-CH-が-O-で置換されてもよい。)を表す。 Preferably, Zi 1 in formula (i) is a single bond, -CH = CH-, -C≡C-, -COO-, -OCO-, -OCOO-, -OOCO-, -CH = CHCOO-, -OCOCH = CH -, - CH 2 -CH 2 COO -, - OCOCH 2 -CH 2 -, - CH = C (CH 3) COO -, - OCOC (CH 3) = CH -, - CH 2 -CH ( CH 3 ) COO—, —OCOCH (CH 3 ) —CH 2 —, —OCH 2 CH 2 O— or a linear or branched alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, provided that it is one of the alkylene groups Or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O—.
 より好ましくは、式(i)中のZi1は、単結合、-COO-、-OCO-、-CH=CHCOO-、-OCOCH=CH-、-CH-CHCOO-、-OCOCH―CH-、-CH=C(CH)COO-、-OCOC(CH)=CH-、-CH-CH(CH)COO-、-OCOCH(CH)―CH-、-OCHCHO-、又は炭素原子数2~15の直鎖状又は分岐状のアルキレン基(ただし、アルキレン基中の1個又は隣接しない2個以上の-CH-が-O-で置換されてもよい。)を表す。 More preferably, Z i1 in formula (i) is a single bond, -COO -, - OCO -, - CH = CHCOO -, - OCOCH = CH -, - CH 2 -CH 2 COO -, - OCOCH 2 - CH 2- , -CH = C (CH 3 ) COO-, -OCOC (CH 3 ) = CH-, -CH 2 -CH (CH 3 ) COO-, -OCOCH (CH 3 ) -CH 2- , -OCH 2 CH 2 O—, or a linear or branched alkylene group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms, provided that one or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — in the alkylene group is substituted by —O— May be represented by
 更に好ましくは、式(i)中のZi1は、単結合、-CH-CHCOO-、-OCOCH―CH-、-CH=C(CH)COO-、-OCOC(CH)=CH-、-CH-CH(CH)COO-、-OCOCH(CH)―CH-、-OCHCHO-、又は炭素原子数2のアルキレン基(エチレン基(-CHCH-))若しくはエチレン基中の-CH-の1個が-O-で置換された基(-CHO-、-OCH-)、又は炭素原子数3~13の直鎖状のアルキレン基(ただし、アルキレン基中の1個又は隣接しない2個以上の-CH-が-O-で置換されてもよい。)を表す。 More preferably, Z i1 in the formula (i) is a single bond, —CH 2 —CH 2 COO—, —OCOCH 2 —CH 2 —, —CH = C (CH 3 ) COO—, —OCOC (CH 3 ) = CH-, -CH 2 -CH (CH 3 ) COO-, -OCOCH (CH 3 ) -CH 2- , -OCH 2 CH 2 O-, or an alkylene group having 2 carbon atoms (ethylene group (-CH 2 CH 2- )) or a group (-CH 2 O-, -OCH 2- ) in which one of -CH 2-in ethylene group is substituted by -O-, or a linear chain having 3 to 13 carbon atoms (Wherein one or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — in the alkylene group may be substituted by —O—).
 好ましくは、式(i)中のAi1は、2価の6員環芳香族基又は2価の6員環脂肪族基を表す。ここで、かかる2価の6員環芳香族基又は2価の6員環脂肪族基としては、2価の無置換の6員環芳香族基、2価の無置換の6員環脂肪族基又はこれらの環構造中の水素原子がハロゲン原子、炭素原子数1~10の直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~10の直鎖又は分岐のハロゲン化アルキル基、炭素原子数1~10の直鎖又は分岐のアルコキシ基又はPi1-Spi1-で置換された基が挙げられる。ここで、Pi1は、前記一般式(P-1)~(P-13)で表される群より選ばれる重合性基を表し、Spi1は、Zi1と同様の意味を表す。 Preferably, Ai1 in formula (i) represents a divalent 6-membered ring aromatic group or a divalent 6-membered ring aliphatic group. Here, as such a divalent 6-membered ring aromatic group or a divalent 6-membered ring aliphatic group, a divalent unsubstituted 6-membered ring aromatic group, a divalent unsubstituted 6-membered ring aliphatic group The hydrogen atom in the group or ring structure thereof is a halogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a linear or branched halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or 1 carbon atom include in substituted group - a linear or branched alkoxy or P i1 -Sp i1 to 10. Here, P i1 represents the general formula (P-1) ~ polymerizable group selected from the group represented by (P-13), Sp i1 represents the same meaning as Z i1.
 これらの中でも、式(i)中のAi1は、2価の無置換の6員環芳香族基、環構造中の水素原子がハロゲン原子(特に、フッ素原子)、炭素原子数1~10の直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~10の直鎖又は分岐のアルコキシ基又はPi1-Spi1-で置換された2価の6員環芳香族基、2価の無置換の6員環脂肪族基、環構造中の水素原子がハロゲン原子(特に、フッ素原子)、炭素原子数1~10の直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~10の直鎖又は分岐のアルコキシ基又はPi1-Spi1-で置換された2価の6員環脂肪族基が好ましく、環構造中の水素原子がハロゲン原子(特に、フッ素原子)、前記アルキル基、前記アルコキシ基又はPi1-Spi1-によって置換されていてもよい1,4-フェニレン基、2,6-ナフタレン基又は1,4-シクロヘキシル基がより好ましい。 Among these, A i1 in the formula (i) is a divalent unsubstituted 6-membered ring aromatic group, a hydrogen atom in the ring structure is a halogen atom (in particular, a fluorine atom), and has 1 to 10 carbon atoms linear or branched alkyl group, a linear or branched alkoxy or P i1 -Sp i1 having 1 to 10 carbon atoms - a divalent 6-membered ring aromatic group substituted by, divalent unsubstituted 6 Membered aliphatic group, a hydrogen atom in the ring structure is a halogen atom (in particular, a fluorine atom), a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a linear or branched alkoxy having 1 to 10 carbon atoms group or P i1 -Sp i1 - 2 divalent 6-membered ring aliphatic group substituted by, more preferably a hydrogen atom in the ring structure halogen atom (particularly, fluorine atom), the alkyl group, the alkoxy group, or P i1 -sp i1 - it may be replaced by 1,4-off An enylene group, a 2,6-naphthalene group or a 1,4-cyclohexyl group is more preferable.
 なお、mi1は、好ましくは2~5の整数を表し、より好ましくは2~4の整数を表す。 Preferably, m i1 represents an integer of 2 to 5, and more preferably an integer of 2 to 4.
 また、一般式(i)で表されるメソゲン基は、繰り返し単位-(Ai1-Zi1)-の途中に、3価及び4価のうちのいずれかの分岐構造、或いは3価及び4価のうちのいずれかの脂肪族又は芳香族の環構造を含んでいてもよい。この場合、第1の化合物及び第2の化合物は、それぞれ全体として分岐構造を有することとなる。 In addition, the mesogenic group represented by the general formula (i) has a trivalent or tetravalent branched structure, or a trivalent or tetravalent, in the middle of the repeating unit- (A i1 -Z i1 )- And an aliphatic or aromatic ring structure of any of the following. In this case, the first compound and the second compound each have a branched structure as a whole.
 さらに、第1の化合物及び第2の化合物は、それぞれメソゲン基の第1の親和性基又は第2の親和性基と反対側に結合した末端基を含むことが好ましい。末端基を含む第1の化合物及び第2の化合物は、親和性基を基板に吸着させつつ、親和性基以外の他の部分を基板から離れるように配置(配向)し易くなる。 Furthermore, it is preferable that the first compound and the second compound each include an end group opposite to the first affinity group or the second affinity group of the mesogenic group. The first compound and the second compound including the terminal group facilitate the arrangement (orientation) of the other portion other than the affinity group while the affinity group is adsorbed to the substrate.
 かかる末端基としては、例えば、炭素原子数1~40の直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~40の直鎖又は分岐のハロゲン化アルキル基(ただし、アルキル基又はハロゲン化アルキル基中の-CH-は、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-NH-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されてもよいが、-O-は連続にはならない。)又は直接又はスペーサー基を介してメソゲン基に結合している重合性基が挙げられる。 As such an end group, for example, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, a linear or branched halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms (however, in the alkyl group or the halogenated alkyl group) -CH 2- may be substituted by -CH = CH-, -C≡C-, -O-, -NH-, -COO- or -OCO-, but -O- is not continuous And polymerizable groups bonded to the mesogen group directly or through a spacer group.
 なお、重合性基及びスペーサー基は、それぞれ前述した重合性基及びスペーサー基と同様である。第1の化合物及び第2の化合物のそれぞれが末端基として重合性基を含むことにより、第1の化合物及び第2の化合物の架橋密度をより高めることができ、液晶層における液晶分子の保持力をより向上させることができる。 The polymerizable group and the spacer group are the same as the polymerizable group and the spacer group described above, respectively. Each of the first compound and the second compound includes a polymerizable group as an end group, whereby the crosslink density of the first compound and the second compound can be further increased, and the retention of liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal layer is achieved. Can be further improved.
 第1の化合物の具体例としては、例えば、下記式(PJ-I-1)~(PJ-I-45)のいずれかで表される化合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the first compound include, for example, compounds represented by any of the following formulas (PJ-I-1) to (PJ-I-45).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 一方、第2の化合物の具体例としては、例えば、下記式(PJ-II-1)~(PJ-II-18)のいずれかで表される化合物が挙げられる。 On the other hand, specific examples of the second compound include compounds represented by any of the following formulas (PJ-II-1) to (PJ-II-18).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 (液晶組成物)
 本発明の液晶組成物は、配向助剤(第1の化合物及び第2の化合物)と液晶分子とを含有し、誘電率異方性(Δε)が負である。
(Liquid crystal composition)
The liquid crystal composition of the present invention contains an alignment assistant (first compound and second compound) and liquid crystal molecules, and has a negative dielectric anisotropy (Δε).
 液晶分子は、下記一般式(N-1)~(N-3)で表される群から選ばれる化合物を含むことが好ましい。 The liquid crystal molecules preferably contain a compound selected from the group represented by the following general formulas (N-1) to (N-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
 一般式(N-1)、(N-2)及び(N-3)中、RN11、RN12、RN21、RN22、RN31及びRN32は、それぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基(ただし、アルキル基中の1個又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は、それぞれ独立して、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-によって置換されていてもよい。)を表す。 In the general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3), R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31 and R N32 are each independently a C 1 -C atom Eight alkyl groups (provided that one or two or more non-adjacent -CH 2- in the alkyl group are each independently -CH = CH-, -C≡C-, -O-,- Optionally substituted by CO—, —COO— or —OCO—.
 AN11、AN12、AN21、AN22、AN31及びAN32は、それぞれ独立して、
(a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基(ただし、この基中に存在する1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は-O-に置換されてもよい。)、
(b) 1,4-フェニレン基(ただし、この基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置換されてもよい。)、
(c) ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又はデカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基(ただし、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置換されてもよい。)、及び
(d) 1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基
からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、
 前記基(a)、基(b)、基(c)及び基(d)は、それぞれ独立して、シアノ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子で置換されていてもよい。
A N11 , A N12 , A N21 , A N22 , A N31 and A N32 are each independently
(A) 1,4-cyclohexylene group (provided that one —CH 2 — or non-adjacent two or more —CH 2 — present in this group may be substituted by —O—. ),
(B) 1,4-phenylene group (however, one —CH = present in this group or two or more non-adjacent —CH = may be substituted by —N =),
(C) Naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group (with naphthalene-2,6-diyl group) Or one or more non-adjacent two or more -CH = present in the group or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group is substituted by -N = And (d) represents a group selected from the group consisting of 1,4-cyclohexenylene groups, and
The group (a), the group (b), the group (c) and the group (d) may be each independently substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom.
 また、ZN11、ZN12、ZN21、ZN22、ZN31及びZN32は、それぞれ独立して、単結合、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-CH=N-N=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-又は-C≡C-を表し、
 XN21は、水素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、
 TN31は、-CH-又は酸素原子を表す。
In addition, Z N11 , Z N12 , Z N21 , Z N22 , Z N31 and Z N32 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 −, — CH 2 O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -OCF 2- , -CF 2 O-, -CH = N-N = CH-, -CH = CH-, -CF = CF- or -C≡C Represents-,
X N21 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom,
T N31 represents -CH 2 -or an oxygen atom.
 nN11、nN12、nN21、nN22、nN31及びnN32は、それぞれ独立して、0~3の整数を表すが、nN11+nN12、nN21+nN22及びnN31+nN32は、それぞれ独立して1、2又は3であり、
 AN11~AN32、ZN11~ZN32がそれぞれ複数存在する場合は、それらは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
n N11 , n N12 , n N21 , n N22 , n N31 and n N32 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, but n N11 + n N12 , n N21 + n N22 and n N31 + n N32 each represent an integer Independently one, two or three,
When a plurality of A N11 to A N32 and Z N11 to Z N32 are present, they may be the same as or different from each other.
 一般式(N-1)、(N-2)及び(N-3)のいずれかの化合物は、Δεが負であって、その絶対値が3よりも大きな化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound of any one of formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3) is preferably a compound having a negative Δε and an absolute value of more than 3.
 一般式(N-1)、(N-2)及び(N-3)中、RN11、RN12、RN21、RN22、RN31及びRN32は、それぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基が好ましく、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~5のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニルオキシ基がより好ましく、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が更に好ましく、炭素原子数2~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~3のアルケニル基が特に好ましく、炭素原子数3のアルケニル基(プロペニル基)が最も好ましい。 In the general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3), R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31 and R N32 are each independently a C 1 -C atom An alkyl group of 8, an alkoxy group of 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 2 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkenyloxy group of 2 to 8 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a carbon atom An alkoxy group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyloxy group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferable, an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl of 2 to 5 carbon atoms A group is more preferable, an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms is particularly preferable, and an alkenyl group having 3 carbon atoms (propenyl group) is most preferable.
 また、RN11、RN12、RN21、RN22、RN31及びRN32は、それらが結合する環構造がフェニル基(芳香族)である場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、それらが結合する環構造がシクロヘキサン、ピラン及びジオキサンなどの飽和した環構造の場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。ネマチック相を安定化させるためには炭素原子及び存在する場合酸素原子の合計が5以下であることが好ましく、直鎖状であることが好ましい。 And R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31 and R N32 each have a linear chain of 1 to 5 carbon atoms when the ring structure to which they are attached is a phenyl group (aromatic) Alkyl group, linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms are preferable, and the ring structure to which they are bonded is a saturated ring structure such as cyclohexane, pyran and dioxane Among them, linear alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, linear alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and linear alkenyl groups having 2 to 5 carbon atoms are preferable. In order to stabilize the nematic phase, the total of carbon atoms and oxygen atoms, if present, is preferably 5 or less, preferably linear.
 アルケニル基としては、式(R1)~式(R5)のいずれかで表される基から選ばれることが好ましい。 The alkenyl group is preferably selected from the groups represented by any one of formulas (R1) to (R5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
(各式中の黒点は結合手を表す。) (The black dot in each formula represents a bond.)
 AN11、AN12、AN21、AN22、AN31及びAN32は、それぞれ独立して、Δnを大きくするためには芳香族基であることが好ましく、応答速度を改善するためには脂肪族基であることが好ましい。 A N11 , A N12 , A N21 , A N22 , A N31 and A N32 are each independently preferably an aromatic group to increase Δn, and aliphatic to improve the response speed It is preferably a group.
 かかる芳香族基又は脂肪族基としては、トランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基、1,4-フェニレン基、2-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、3-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、3,5-ジフルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、2,3-ジフルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基、1,4-ビシクロ[2.2.2]オクチレン基、ピペリジン-1,4-ジイル基、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、デカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基を表すことが好ましく、下記化24の構造を表すことがより好ましく、トランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基又は1,4-フェニレン基を表すことがより好ましい。 As such an aromatic group or aliphatic group, trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, 1,4-phenylene group, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group 3,5-Difluoro-1,4-phenylene, 2,3-difluoro-1,4-phenylene, 1,4-cyclohexenylene and 1,4-bicyclo [2.2.2] octylene Or piperidine-1,4-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group Is more preferable, and a structure of the following formula 24 is more preferable, and a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, a 1,4-cyclohexenylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 ZN11、ZN12、ZN21、ZN22、ZN31及びZN32それぞれ独立して-CHO-、-CFO-、-CHCH-、-CFCF-又は単結合を表すことが好ましく、-CHO-、-CHCH-又は単結合が更に好ましく、-CHO-又は単結合が特に好ましい。 Z N11, Z N12, Z N21 , Z N22, Z N31 and Z N32 are each independently, -CH 2 O -, - CF 2 O -, - CH 2 CH 2 -, - CF 2 CF 2 - or preferably represents a single bond, -CH 2 O -, - CH 2 CH 2 - or a single bond is more preferable, -CH 2 O-or a single bond is particularly preferred.
 XN21はフッ素原子が好ましい。 X N21 is preferably a fluorine atom.
 TN31は酸素原子が好ましい。 T N31 is preferably an oxygen atom.
 nN11+nN12、nN21+nN22及びnN31+nN32は、それぞれ独立して、1又は2が好ましく、nN11が1でありnN12が0である組み合わせ、nN11が2でありnN12が0である組み合わせ、nN11が1でありnN12が1である組み合わせ、nN11が2でありnN12が1である組み合わせ、nN21が1でありnN22が0である組み合わせ、nN21が2でありnN22が0である組み合わせ、nN31が1でありnN32が0である組み合わせ、nN31が2でありnN32が0である組み合わせがより好ましい。 n N 11 + n N 12 , n N 21 + n N 22 and n N 31 + n N 32 are each independently preferably 1 or 2, and combinations in which n N 11 is 1 and n N 12 is 0, n N 11 is 2 and n N 12 is A combination of 0, n N11 is 1 and n N12 is 1 combination, n N11 is 2 and n N12 is 1 combination, n N21 is 1 and n N22 is 0, n N21 is A combination of 2 and nN22 of 0, a combination of nN31 of 1 and nN32 of 0, and a combination of nN31 of 2 and nN32 of 0 is more preferable.
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、20質量%以上であり、30質量%以上であり、40質量%以上であり、50質量%以上であり、55質量%以上であり、60質量%以上であり、65質量%以上であり、70質量%以上であり、75質量%以上であり、80質量%以上である。 The lower limit value of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more. 30% by mass or more, 40% by mass or more, 50% by mass or more, 55% by mass or more, 60% by mass or more, 65% by mass or more, 70% by mass or more, 75 It is mass% or more and 80 mass% or more.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、95質量%以下であり、85質量%以下であり、75質量%以下であり、65質量%以下であり、55質量%以下であり、45質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、20質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferable content is 95 mass% or less, 85 mass% or less, 75 mass% or less, 65 mass% or less, 55 mass% or less, 45 mass% or less It is 35 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, and 20 mass% or less.
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(N-2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、20質量%以上であり、30質量%以上であり、40質量%以上であり、50質量%以上であり、55質量%以上であり、60質量%以上であり、65質量%以上であり、70質量%以上であり、75質量%以上であり、80質量%以上である。 The lower limit value of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-2) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more. 30% by mass or more, 40% by mass or more, 50% by mass or more, 55% by mass or more, 60% by mass or more, 65% by mass or more, 70% by mass or more, 75 It is mass% or more and 80 mass% or more.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、95質量%以下であり、85質量%以下であり、75質量%以下であり、65質量%以下であり、55質量%以下であり、45質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、20質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferable content is 95 mass% or less, 85 mass% or less, 75 mass% or less, 65 mass% or less, 55 mass% or less, 45 mass% or less It is 35 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, and 20 mass% or less.
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(N-3)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、20質量%以上であり、30質量%以上であり、40質量%以上であり、50質量%以上であり、55質量%以上であり、60質量%以上であり、65質量%以上であり、70質量%以上であり、75質量%以上であり、80質量%以上である。 The lower limit value of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-3) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more. 30% by mass or more, 40% by mass or more, 50% by mass or more, 55% by mass or more, 60% by mass or more, 65% by mass or more, 70% by mass or more, 75 It is mass% or more and 80 mass% or more.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、95質量%以下であり、85質量%以下であり、75質量%以下であり、65質量%以下であり、55質量%以下であり、45質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、20質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferable content is 95 mass% or less, 85 mass% or less, 75 mass% or less, 65 mass% or less, 55 mass% or less, 45 mass% or less It is 35 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, and 20 mass% or less.
 液晶組成物の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度が速い液晶組成物が必要な場合は、上記の下限値が低く上限値が低いことが好ましい。さらに、液晶組成物のネマチック相‐等方性液体相転移温度(Tni)を高く保ち、温度安定性の良い液晶組成物が必要な場合は、上記の下限値が低く上限値が低いことが好ましい。また、駆動電圧を低く保つために誘電率異方性を大きくしたいときは、上記の下限値を高く上限値が高いことが好ましい。 When it is necessary to keep the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition low and have a high response speed, it is preferable that the above lower limit value is low and the upper limit value is low. Furthermore, in the case where a liquid crystal composition having a high temperature stability and maintaining the nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature (Tni) of the liquid crystal composition high is required, it is preferable that the above lower limit is low and the upper limit is low. . When it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable that the above lower limit value be high and the upper limit value be high.
 一般式(N-1)で表される化合物として、下記の一般式(N-1a)~(N-1g)で表される化合物群を挙げることができる。 Examples of the compound represented by General Formula (N-1) include compounds represented by the following General Formulas (N-1a) to (N-1g).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 式(N-1a)~(N-1g)中、RN11及びRN12は一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表し、nNa11は0又は1を表し、nNb11は0又は1を表し、nNc11は0又は1を表し、nNd11は0又は1を表し、nNe11は1又は2を表し、nNf11は1又は2を表し、nNg11は1又は2を表し、ANe11はトランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基又は1,4-フェニレン基を表し、ANg11はトランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基又は1,4-フェニレン基を表すが少なくとも1つは1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基を表し、ZNe11は単結合又はエチレン基を表すが少なくとも1つはエチレン基を表す。 Wherein (N-1a) ~ (N -1g), R N11 and R N12 are as defined R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1), n Na11 represents 0 or 1, n NB11 Represents 0 or 1, n Nc11 represents 0 or 1, n Nd11 represents 0 or 1, n Ne11 represents 1 or 2, n Nf11 represents 1 or 2, n Ng11 represents 1 or 2, And A Ne11 represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group, and A Ng11 represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, a 1,4-cyclohexenylene group or 1, A 4-phenylene group is represented, but at least one represents a 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, and Z Ne11 represents a single bond or an ethylene group, but at least one represents an ethylene group.
 より具体的には、一般式(N-1)で表される化合物は、一般式(N-1-1)~(N-1-21)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 More specifically, the compound represented by General Formula (N-1) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by General Formulas (N-1-1) to (N-1-21) Is preferred.
 一般式(N-1-1)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-1) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
(式中、RN111及びRN112はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。) ( Wherein , R N111 and R N112 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N-1).)
 RN111は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、プロピル基、ペンチル基又はビニル基がより好ましい。RN112は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基又はブトキシ基がより好ましい。 R N 111 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably a propyl group, a pentyl group or a vinyl group. R N 112 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethoxy group or butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-1)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-1) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、Tniを重視する場合は含有量を少なめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is given to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content to a higher value is more effective, and when importance is given to Tni, the content is set It is effective to set less. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-1)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上であり、23質量%以上であり、25質量%以上であり、27質量%以上であり、30質量%以上であり、33質量%以上であり、35質量%以上である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-1) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% by mass or more Yes, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, 23% by mass or more, 25% by mass or more, 27% by mass or more, 30% by mass or more And 33% by mass or more, and 35% by mass or more.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、50質量%以下であり、40質量%以下であり、38質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、33質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、8質量%以下であり、7質量%以下であり、6質量%以下であり、5質量%以下であり、3質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit value of the preferable content is 50 mass% or less, 40 mass% or less, 38 mass% or less, 35 mass% or less, 33 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less And 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less 10% by mass or less, 8% by mass or less, 7% by mass or less, 6% by mass or less, 5% by mass or less, and 3% by mass or less.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-1)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-1.1)~式(N-1-1.22)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-1.1)~(N-1-1.4)で表される化合物であることがより好ましく、式(N-1-1.1)及び式(N-1-1.3)で表される化合物が更に好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-1) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-1.1) to (N-1-1.22) And the compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-1.1) to (N-1-1.4) are more preferable. The compound represented by N-1-1.3) is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
 式(N-1-1.1)~(N-1-1.22)で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能である。
  液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-1.1)~(N-1-1.22)で表される化合物(単独又は併用)の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上であり、23質量%以上であり、25質量%以上であり、27質量%以上であり、30質量%以上であり、33質量%以上であり、35質量%以上である。
The compounds represented by formulas (N-1-1.1) to (N-1-1.22) can be used alone or in combination.
The lower limit value of the preferable content of the compounds (single or combined) represented by the formulas (N-1-1.1) to (N-1-1.22) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5 mass%. % Or more, 10% by mass or more, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, 23% by mass or more, 25% by mass It is above, 27 mass% or more, 30 mass% or more, 33 mass% or more, 35 mass% or more.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、50質量%以下であり、40質量%以下であり、38質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、33質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、8質量%以下であり、7質量%以下であり、6質量%以下であり、5質量%以下であり、3質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit value of the preferable content is 50 mass% or less, 40 mass% or less, 38 mass% or less, 35 mass% or less, 33 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less And 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less 10% by mass or less, 8% by mass or less, 7% by mass or less, 6% by mass or less, 5% by mass or less, and 3% by mass or less.
 一般式(N-1-2)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by formula (N-1-2) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
(式中、RN121及びRN122はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。) (Wherein, R N121 and R N122 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N-1).)
 RN121は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基又はペンチル基がより好ましい。RN122は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、メチル基、プロピル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基又はプロポキシ基がより好ましい。 R N 121 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group or a pentyl group. R N 122 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a methyl group, a propyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or a propoxy group is More preferable.
 一般式(N-1-2)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-2) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を少なめに設定すると効果が高く、Tniを重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content smaller is more effective, and when importance is given to Tni, the content is set The effect is high if you set more. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、7質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上であり、23質量%以上であり、25質量%以上であり、27質量%以上であり、30質量%以上であり、33質量%以上であり、35質量%以上であり、37質量%以上であり、40質量%以上であり、42質量%以上である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-2) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5% by mass or more, 7% by mass or more, and 10% by mass or more Yes, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, 23% by mass or more, 25% by mass or more, 27% by mass or more 30% by mass or more, 33% by mass or more, 35% by mass or more, 37% by mass or more, 40% by mass or more, and 42% by mass or more.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、50質量%以下であり、48質量%以下であり、45質量%以下であり、43質量%以下であり、40質量%以下であり、38質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、33質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、8質量%以下であり、7質量%以下であり、6質量%以下であり、5質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit value of its preferable content is 50 mass% or less, 48 mass% or less, 45 mass% or less, 43 mass% or less, 40 mass% or less, 38 mass% or less And 35% by mass or less, 33% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, and 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less Yes, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, 8% by mass or less, 7% by mass or less, 6% by mass or less , 5 mass% or less.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-2)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-2.1)~式(N-1-2.22)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-2.3)~式(N-1-2.7)、式(N-1-2.10)、式(N-1-2.11)、式(N-1-2.13)及び式(N-1-2.20)で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-2) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-2.1) to (N-1-2.22) Is preferably represented by the formula (N-1-2.3) to the formula (N-1-2.7), the formula (N-1-2.10), the formula (N-1-2.11), the formula The compounds represented by (N-1-2.13) and the formula (N-1-2.20) are more preferred.
 なお、Δεの改良を重視する場合には式(N-1-2.3)~式(N-1-2.7)で表される化合物が好ましく、Tniの改良を重視する場合には式(N-1-2.10)、式(N-1-2.11)及び式(N-1-2.13)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、応答速度の改良を重視する場合には式(N-1-2.20)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compounds represented by formulas (N-1-2.3) to (N-1-2.7) are preferred when importance is attached to the improvement of Δε, and the compounds represented by formula (N-1-2.3) are preferable when the improvement of Tni is regarded as important. Preferred are the compounds represented by (N-1-2.10), formula (N-1-2.11) and formula (N-1-2.13), and in the case of emphasizing improvement in response speed Are preferably compounds represented by formula (N-1-2.20).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
 式(N-1-2.1)~式(N-1-2.22)で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能である。 The compounds represented by formulas (N-1-2.1) to (N-1-2.22) can be used alone or in combination.
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-2.1)~式(N-1-2.22)で表される化合物(単独又は併用)の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上であり、23質量%以上であり、25質量%以上であり、27質量%以上であり、30質量%以上であり、33質量%以上であり、35質量%以上である。 The lower limit value of the preferable content of the compounds (single or combined) represented by the formulas (N-1-2.1) to (N-1-2.22) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5 10% by mass or more, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, 23% by mass or more, 25% by mass %, 27 mass% or more, 30 mass% or more, 33 mass% or more, 35 mass% or more.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、50質量%以下であり、40質量%以下であり、38質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、33質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、8質量%以下であり、7質量%以下であり、6質量%以下であり、5質量%以下であり、3質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit value of the preferable content is 50 mass% or less, 40 mass% or less, 38 mass% or less, 35 mass% or less, 33 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less And 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less 10% by mass or less, 8% by mass or less, 7% by mass or less, 6% by mass or less, 5% by mass or less, and 3% by mass or less.
 一般式(N-1-3)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by formula (N-1-3) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
(式中、RN131及びRN132はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。) ( Wherein , R N 131 and R N 132 each independently represent the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N-1).)
 RN131は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基がより好ましい。RN132は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数3~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、1-プロペニル基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基がより好ましい。 R N 131 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N 132 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 3 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and 1-propenyl group, ethoxy group, propoxy group or butoxy group is more preferable preferable.
 一般式(N-1-3)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-3) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、Tniを重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is given to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content to a higher value is more effective, and when importance is given to Tni, the content is set The effect is high if you set more. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-3)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-3) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% by mass or more Yes, it is 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less It is 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, and 13 mass% or less.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-3)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-3.1)~式(N-1-3.21)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-3.1)~(N-1-3.7)及び式(N-1-3.21)で表される化合物であることがより好ましく、式(N-1-3.1)、式(N-1-3.2)、式(N-1-3.3)、式(N-1-3.4)及び式(N-1-3.6)で表される化合物が更に好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-3) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-3.1) to (N-1-3.21) And the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-3.1) to (N-1-3.7) and formula (N-1-3.21) are more preferable, and N-1-3.1), the formula (N-1-3.2), the formula (N-1-3.3), the formula (N-1-3.4) and the formula (N-1-3. The compound represented by 6) is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
 式(N-1-3.1)~式(N-1-3.4)、式(N-1-3.6)及び式(N-1-3.21)で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能であるが、式(N-1-3.1)及び式(N-1-3.2)の組み合わせ、式(N-1-3.3)、式(N-1-3.4)及び式(N-1-3.6)から選ばれる2種又は3種の組み合わせが好ましい。 The compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-3.1) to (N-1-3.4), the formulas (N-1-3.6) and the formulas (N-1 3.21) can be used alone. Although it is possible to use in combination or in combination, a combination of formula (N-1-3.1) and formula (N-1-3.2), a formula (N-1-3.3) Or a combination of two or three selected from formula (N-1-3.4) and formula (N-1-3.6).
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-3.1)~式(N-1-3.4)、式(N-1-3.6)及び式(N-1-3.21)化合物(単独又は併用)の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。
  一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下である。
Formula (N-1-3.1) to Formula (N-1-3.4), Formula (N-1-3.6) and Formula (N-1-3.) With respect to the total amount of liquid crystal composition. 21) The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound (alone or in combination) is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, and 17% by mass or more Yes, 20% by mass or more.
On the other hand, the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less It is 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, and 13 mass% or less.
 一般式(N-1-4)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-4) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
(式中、RN141及びRN142はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。) ( Wherein , each of R N 141 and R N 142 independently represents the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N-1).)
 RN141及びRN142はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、メチル基、プロピル基、エトキシ基又はブトキシ基がより好ましい。 R N141 and R N142 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms carbon atoms 4-5 preferably a methyl group, a propyl group, an ethoxy More preferred is a group or butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-4)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-4) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、Tniを重視する場合は含有量を少なめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is given to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content to a higher value is more effective, and when importance is given to Tni, the content is set It is effective to set less. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-4)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、3質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、7質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-4) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 3% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 7% by mass or more 10% by mass or more, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、11質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、8質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, 11% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, and 8% by mass or less.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-4)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-4.1)~式(N-1-4.14)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-4.1)~(N-1-4.4)で表される化合物であることがより好ましく、式(N-1-4.1)、式(N-1-4.2)及び式(N-1-4.4)で表される化合物が更に好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-4) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formulas (N-1-4.1) to (N-1-4.14) And the compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-4.1) to (N-1 -4.4) are more preferable. The compounds represented by N-1-4.2) and the formula (N-1-4.4) are more preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
 式(N-1-4.1)~(N-1-4.14)で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能である。 The compounds represented by formulas (N-1-4.1) to (N-1-4.14) can be used alone or in combination.
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-4.1)~(N-1-4.14)で表される化合物(単独又は併用)の好ましい含有量の下限値は、3質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、7質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。 The lower limit value of the preferable content of the compounds (single or combined) represented by the formulas (N-1-4.1) to (N-1-4.14) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 3 mass%. % Or more, 5% by mass or more, 7% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, 20% by mass It is above.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、11質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、8質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, 11% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, and 8% by mass or less.
 一般式(N-1-5)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-5) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
(式中、RN151及びRN152はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。) ( Wherein , R N 151 and R N 152 each independently represent the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N-1).)
 RN151及びRN152はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましくエチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基がより好ましい。 Each of R N151 and R N152 is independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms , and an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group Groups are more preferred.
 一般式(N-1-5)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-5) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を少なめに設定すると効果が高く、Tniを重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content smaller is more effective, and when importance is given to Tni, the content is set The effect is high if you set more. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-5)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、8質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-5) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5% by mass or more, 8% by mass or more, and 10% by mass or more. Yes, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、35質量%以下であり、33質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35 mass% or less, 33 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less, 28 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, 23 mass% or less It is 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, and 13 mass% or less.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-5)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-5.1)~式(N-1-5.6)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-5.1)、式(N-1-5.2)及び式(N-1-5.4)で表される化合物がより好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-5) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formula (N-1-5.1) to formula (N-1-5.6) The compounds represented by the formula (N-1-5.1), the formula (N-1-5.2) and the formula (N-1-5.4) are more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
 式(N-1-5.1)、式(N-1-5.2)及び式(N-1-5.4)で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能である。
  液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-5.1)、式(N-1-5.2)及び式(N-1-5.4)で表される化合物(単独又は併用)の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、8質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。
  一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、35質量%以下であり、33質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下である。
The compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-5.1), (N-1-5.2) and (N-1-5.4) may be used alone or in combination. Is also possible.
Compounds represented by the formula (N-1-5.1), the formula (N-1-5.2) and the formula (N-1-5.4) relative to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (alone or in combination) The lower limit value of the preferred content of) is 5 mass% or more, 8 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 15 mass% or more, and 17 mass% or more Yes, 20% by mass or more.
On the other hand, the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35 mass% or less, 33 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less, 28 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, 23 mass% or less It is 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, and 13 mass% or less.
 一般式(N-1-10)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-10) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
(式中、RN1101及びRN1102はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。) (Wherein, each of RN 1101 and RN 1102 independently represents the same meaning as RN 11 and RN 12 in General Formula (N-1).)
 RN1101は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ビニル基又は1-プロペニル基がより好ましい。RN1102は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基がより好ましい。 R N 1101 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a vinyl group or a 1-propenyl group. R N 1102 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-10)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本実施形態の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-10) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The type of compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present embodiment.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高く、Tniを重視する場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher, and when importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content higher is more effective, and when importance is given to Tni, the content is set Setting high is effective. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-10)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-10) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% by mass or more. Yes, it is 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less It is 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, and 13 mass% or less.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-10)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-10.1)~式(N-1-10.14)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-10.1)~(N-1-10.5)で表される化合物であることがより好ましく、式(N-1-10.1)及び式(N-1-10.2)で表される化合物が更に好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (N-1-10) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-1-10.1) to Formula (N-1-10.14) And the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-10.1) to (N-1-10.5) are more preferable, and the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-10.1) and ( The compound represented by N-1-10.2) is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
 式(N-1-10.1)及び式(N-1-10.2)で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能である。
  液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-10.1)及び式(N-1-10.2)で表される化合物(単独又は併用)の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。
  一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下である。
The compounds represented by the formula (N-1-10.1) and the formula (N-1-10.2) can be used alone or in combination.
The lower limit value of the preferable content of the compound (alone or in combination) represented by the formula (N-1-10.1) and the formula (N-1-10.2) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5 It is 10% by mass or more, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
On the other hand, the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less It is 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, and 13 mass% or less.
 一般式(N-1-11)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-11) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
(式中、RN1111及びRN1112はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。) ( Wherein , each of R N 1111 and R N 11 12 independently represents the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N-1).)
 RN1111は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ビニル基又は1-プロペニル基がより好ましい。RN1112は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基がより好ましい。 R N 1111 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a vinyl group or a 1-propenyl group. R N 1112 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-11)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-11) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を低めに設定すると効果が高く、Tniを重視する場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content lower is more effective, and when importance is given to Tni, the content is set Setting high is effective. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-11)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-11) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% by mass or more. Yes, it is 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less It is 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, and 13 mass% or less.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-11)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-11.1)~式(N-1-11.14)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-11.2)及び式(N-1-11.4)で表される化合物がより好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (N-1-11) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-1-11.1) to Formula (N-1-11.14) And the compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-11. 2) and (N-1 1-1 1.4) are more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
 式(N-1-11.2)及び式(N-1-11.4)で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能である。 The compounds represented by the formula (N-1-11.2) and the formula (N-1-11.4) can be used alone or in combination.
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-11.2)及び式(N-1-11.4)で表される化合物(単独又は併用)の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。 The lower limit value of the preferable content of the compound (alone or in combination) represented by the formula (N-1-11.2) and the formula (N-1-11.4) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5 It is 10% by mass or more, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less It is 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, and 13 mass% or less.
 一般式(N-1-12)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-12) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
(式中、RN1121及びRN1122はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。) (Wherein, R N1121 and R N1122 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).)
 RN1121は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基がより好ましい。RN1122は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基がより好ましい。 R N 1121 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N 1122 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-12)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-12) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、Tniを重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is given to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content to a higher value is more effective, and when importance is given to Tni, the content is set The effect is high if you set more. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-12)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-12) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% by mass or more. Yes, it is 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less It is 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, and 13 mass% or less.
 一般式(N-1-13)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-13) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
(式中、RN1131及びRN1132はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。) ( Wherein , each of R N 1131 and R N 1132 independently represents the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N-1).)
 RN1131は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基がより好ましい。RN1132は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基がより好ましい。 R N 1131 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N 1132 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-13)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-13) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、Tniを重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is given to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content to a higher value is more effective, and when importance is given to Tni, the content is set The effect is high if you set more. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-13)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-13) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% by mass or more. Yes, it is 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less It is 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, and 13 mass% or less.
 一般式(N-1-14)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-14) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
(式中、RN1141及びRN1142はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。) ( Wherein , each of R N 1141 and R N 114 2 independently represents the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N-1).)
 RN1141は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基がより好ましい。RN1142は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基がより好ましい。 R N 1141 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N 1142 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-14)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本実施形態の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-14) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The type of compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present embodiment.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、Tniを重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is given to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content to a higher value is more effective, and when importance is given to Tni, the content is set The effect is high if you set more. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-14)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-14) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% by mass or more. Yes, it is 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less It is 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, and 13 mass% or less.
 一般式(N-1-15)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-15) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
(式中、RN1151及びRN1152はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。) (Wherein, R N1151 and R N1152 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).)
 RN1151は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基がより好ましい。RN1152は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基がより好ましい。 R N 1151 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N 1152 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-15)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-15) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、Tniを重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is given to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content to a higher value is more effective, and when importance is given to Tni, the content is set The effect is high if you set more. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-15)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-15) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% by mass or more. Yes, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less It is 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, and 13 mass% or less.
 一般式(N-1-16)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-16) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
(式中、RN1161及びRN1162はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。) (Wherein, R N1161 and R N1162 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).)
 RN1161は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基がより好ましい。RN1162は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基がより好ましい。 R N 1161 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N 1162 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-16)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-16) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、Tniを重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is given to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content to a higher value is more effective, and when importance is given to Tni, the content is set The effect is high if you set more. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-16)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。
  一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下である。
The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-16) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% by mass or more. Yes, it is 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
On the other hand, the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less It is 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, and 13 mass% or less.
 一般式(N-1-17)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-17) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
(式中、RN1171及びRN1172はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。) (Wherein, R N1171 and R N1172 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).)
 RN1171は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基がより好ましい。RN1172は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基がより好ましい。 R N 1171 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N 1172 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-17)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-17) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、Tniを重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is given to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content to a higher value is more effective, and when importance is given to Tni, the content is set The effect is high if you set more. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-17)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-17) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% by mass or more. Yes, it is 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less It is 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, and 13 mass% or less.
 一般式(N-1-18)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-18) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
(式中、RN1181及びRN1182はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。) ( Wherein , each of R N1181 and R N1182 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N-1).)
 RN1181は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基がより好ましい。RN1182は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基がより好ましい。 R N 1181 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N 1182 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-18)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-18) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、Tniを重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is given to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content to a higher value is more effective, and when importance is given to Tni, the content is set The effect is high if you set more. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-18)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-18) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% by mass or more. Yes, it is 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less It is 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, and 13 mass% or less.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-18)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-18.1)~式(N-1-18.5)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-18.1)~(N-1-18.3)で表される化合物であることがより好ましく、式(N-1-18.2)及び式(N-1-18.3)で表される化合物が更に好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (N-1-18) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-1-18.1) to Formula (N-1-18.5) And the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-18.1) to (N-1-18.3) are more preferable, and the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-18.2) and ( The compound represented by N-1-18.3) is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
 一般式(N-1-20)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-20) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
(式中、RN1201及びRN1202はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。) ( Wherein , each of R N 1201 and R N 1202 independently represents the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N-1).)
 RN1201及びRN1202はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基がより好ましい。 Each of R N1201 and R N1202 is independently preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
 一般式(N-1-20)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-20) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、Tniを重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is given to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content to a higher value is more effective, and when importance is given to Tni, the content is set The effect is high if you set more. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-20)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-20) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% by mass or more. Yes, it is 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less It is 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, and 13 mass% or less.
 一般式(N-1-21)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-21) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
(式中、RN1211及びRN1212はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。) (Wherein, R N1211 and R N1212 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).)
 RN1211及びRN1212はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基がより好ましい。 Each of R N1211 and R N1212 is independently preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
 一般式(N-1-21)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-21) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、Tniを重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is given to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content to a higher value is more effective, and when importance is given to Tni, the content is set The effect is high if you set more. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-21)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-21) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% by mass or more. Yes, it is 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less It is 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, and 13 mass% or less.
 一般式(N-1-22)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-22) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
(式中、RN1221及びRN1222はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。) (Wherein, R N1221 and R N1222 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).)
 RN1221及びRN1222はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基がより好ましい。 Each of R N1221 and R N1222 is independently preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
 一般式(N-1-22)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-22) can be used alone, but two or more compounds can also be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、Tniを重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is given to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content to a higher value is more effective, and when importance is given to Tni, the content is set The effect is high if you set more. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-21)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり20質量%以上である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-21) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 10% by mass or more. Yes, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、5質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less It is 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, and 5 mass% or less.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-22)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-22.1)~式(N-1-22.12)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-22.1)~(N-1-22.5)で表される化合物であることがより好ましく、式(N-1-22.1)~(N-1-22.4)で表される化合物が更に好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (N-1-22) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-1-22.1) to Formula (N-1-22.12) And the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-22.1) to (N-1-22.5) are more preferable, and the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-22.1) to (N The compound represented by -1-22.4) is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
 一般式(N-3)で表される化合物は一般式(N-3-2)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by General Formula (N-3) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by General Formula (N-3-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
(式中、RN321及びRN322はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-3)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。) ( Wherein , R N 321 and R N 322 each independently represent the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N-3).)
 RN321及びRN322はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、プロピル基又はペンチル基がより好ましい。 Each of R N321 and R N322 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably a propyl group or a pentyl group.
 一般式(N-3-2)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-3-2) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、Tniを重視する場合は含有量を少なめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is given to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content to a higher value is more effective, and when importance is given to Tni, the content is set It is effective to set less. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(N-3-2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、3質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上であり、23質量%以上であり、25質量%以上であり、27質量%以上であり、30質量%以上であり、33質量%以上であり、35質量%以上である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-3-2) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 3% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 10% by mass or more. Yes, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, 23% by mass or more, 25% by mass or more, 27% by mass or more And 30% by mass or more, 33% by mass or more, and 35% by mass or more.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、50質量%以下であり、40質量%以下であり、38質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、33質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、8質量%以下であり、7質量%以下であり、6質量%以下であり、5質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit value of the preferable content is 50 mass% or less, 40 mass% or less, 38 mass% or less, 35 mass% or less, 33 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less And 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less 10% by mass or less, 8% by mass or less, 7% by mass or less, 6% by mass or less, and 5% by mass or less.
 さらに、一般式(N-3-2)で表される化合物は、式(N-3-2.1)~式(N-3-2.3)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by the general formula (N-3-2) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formulas (N-3-2.1) to (N-3-2.3) Is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
 液晶分子は、下記一般式(L)で表される化合物を含んでもよい。 The liquid crystal molecules may contain a compound represented by the following general formula (L).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
 式(L)中、RL1及びRL2は、それぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基(ただし、アルキル基中の1個又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は、それぞれ独立して、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-によって置換されていてもよい。)を表し、
 nL1は、0、1、2又は3を表す。
In formula (L), R L1 and R L2 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (provided that one or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — in the alkyl group is And each independently represents —CH = CH—, —C≡C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—.
n L1 represents 0, 1, 2 or 3.
 AL1、AL2及びAL3は、それぞれ独立して、
(a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基(ただし、この基中に存在する1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は-O-に置換されてもよい。)、
(b) 1,4-フェニレン基(ただし、この基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置換されてもよい。)、及び
(c) ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又はデカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基(ただし、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置換されてもよい。)
からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、
 前記基(a)、基(b)及び基(c)は、それぞれ独立して、シアノ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子で置換されていてもよい。
A L1 , A L2 and A L3 are each independently
(A) 1,4-cyclohexylene group (provided that one —CH 2 — or non-adjacent two or more —CH 2 — present in this group may be substituted by —O—. ),
(B) 1,4-phenylene group (however, one -CH = present in this group or two or more non-adjacent -CH = may be substituted with -N =), and (C) Naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group (with naphthalene-2,6-diyl group) Or one or more non-adjacent two or more -CH = present in the group or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group is substituted by -N = Good.)
Represents a group selected from the group consisting of
The groups (a), (b) and (c) may be each independently substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom.
 ZL1及びZL2は、それぞれ独立して、単結合、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-CH=N-N=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-又は-C≡C-を表し、
 nL1が2又は3であってAL2が複数存在する場合は、それらは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよく、nL1が2又は3であってZL2が複数存在する場合は、それらは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよいが、一般式(N-1)、(N-2)及び(N-3)で表される化合物を除く。
Z L1 and Z L2 are each independently a single bond, -CH 2 CH 2 -, - (CH 2) 4 -, - OCH 2 -, - CH 2 O -, - COO -, - OCO -, - OCF 2- , -CF 2 O-, -CH = N-N = CH-, -CH = CH-, -CF = CF- or -C≡C-
When n L1 is 2 or 3 and there are a plurality of AL 2, they may be the same or different from each other, and when n L1 is 2 or 3 and there are a plurality of Z L2 , They may be identical to or different from one another, but exclude compounds represented by general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3).
 一般式(L)で表される化合物は誘電的にほぼ中性の化合物(Δεの値が-2~2)に該当する。一般式(L)で表される化合物は単独で用いてもよいが、組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの所望の性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類である。あるいは別の実施形態では2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類であり、6種類であり、7種類であり、8種類であり、9種類であり、10種類以上である。 The compounds represented by the general formula (L) correspond to dielectric substantially neutral compounds (the value of Δε is −2 to 2). The compounds represented by formula (L) may be used alone or in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the desired performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The type of compound used is, for example, one type in one embodiment. Or in another embodiment, there are two types, three types, four types, five types, six types, seven types, eight types, nine types, ten types or more. is there.
 液晶組成物中に含まれる一般式(L)で表される化合物の量は、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率、プロセス適合性、滴下痕、焼き付き、誘電率異方性などの求められる性能に応じて適宜調整する必要がある。 The amount of the compound represented by the general formula (L) contained in the liquid crystal composition is the solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process compatibility, dripping marks, image sticking, dielectric It is necessary to appropriately adjust according to the required performance such as the rate anisotropy.
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(L)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、20質量%以上であり、30質量%以上であり、40質量%以上であり、50質量%以上であり、55質量%以上であり、60質量%以上であり、65質量%以上であり、70質量%以上であり、75質量%以上であり、80質量%以上である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, and 30% by mass. % Or more, 40% by mass or more, 50% by mass or more, 55% by mass or more, 60% by mass or more, 65% by mass or more, 70% by mass or more, 75% by mass It is above and is 80 mass% or more.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、95質量%以下であり、85質量%以下であり、75質量%以下であり、65質量%以下であり、55質量%以下であり、45質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、25質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferable content is 95 mass% or less, 85 mass% or less, 75 mass% or less, 65 mass% or less, 55 mass% or less, 45 mass% or less And 35% by mass or less and 25% by mass or less.
 液晶組成物の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度が速い液晶組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値が高く上限値が高いことが好ましい。さらに、液晶組成物のTniを高く保ち、温度安定性の良い液晶組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値が高く上限値が高いことが好ましい。また、駆動電圧を低く保つために誘電率異方性を大きくしたいときは、上記の下限値を低く上限値が低いことが好ましい。 When it is necessary to keep the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition low and have a high response speed, it is preferable that the above lower limit is high and the upper limit is high. Furthermore, when a liquid crystal composition having a high temperature stability is required while keeping Tni of the liquid crystal composition high, it is preferable that the above lower limit value is high and the upper limit value is high. When it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the drive voltage low, it is preferable that the above lower limit value be low and the upper limit value be low.
 信頼性を重視する場合にはRL1及びRL2はともにアルキル基であることが好ましく、化合物の揮発性を低減させることを重視する場合にはアルコキシ基であることが好ましく、粘性の低下を重視する場合には少なくとも一方はアルケニル基であることが好ましい。 When reliability is important, both R L1 and R L2 are preferably alkyl groups, and when importance is given to reducing the volatility of the compound, alkoxy groups are preferable, and viscosity reduction is important When doing, at least one is preferably an alkenyl group.
 分子内に存在するハロゲン原子は0、1、2又は3個が好ましく、0又は1個が好ましく、他の液晶分子との相溶性を重視する場合には1個が好ましい。 The number of halogen atoms present in the molecule is preferably 0, 1, 2 or 3 and is preferably 0 or 1. When importance is attached to compatibility with other liquid crystal molecules, 1 is preferable.
 RL1及びRL2は、それが結合する環構造がフェニル基(芳香族)である場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、それが結合する環構造がシクロヘキサン、ピラン及びジオキサンなどの飽和した環構造の場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。ネマチック相を安定化させるためには炭素原子及び存在する場合酸素原子の合計が5以下であることが好ましく、直鎖状であることが好ましい。 R L1 and R L2 are, when the ring structure to which they are bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic), a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms Alkoxy groups and alkenyl groups having 4 to 5 carbon atoms are preferred, and in the case where the ring structure to which they are attached is a saturated ring structure such as cyclohexane, pyran and dioxane, a straight chain having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is preferred. An alkyl group, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms are preferable. In order to stabilize the nematic phase, the total of carbon atoms and oxygen atoms, if present, is preferably 5 or less, preferably linear.
 アルケニル基としては、式(R1)~式(R5)のいずれかで表される基から選ばれることが好ましい。 The alkenyl group is preferably selected from the groups represented by any one of formulas (R1) to (R5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
(各式中の黒点は結合手を表す。) (The black dot in each formula represents a bond.)
 nL1は応答速度を重視する場合には0が好ましく、ネマチック相の上限温度を改善するためには2又は3が好ましく、これらのバランスをとるためには1が好ましい。また、液晶組成物として求められる特性を満たすためには異なる値の化合物を組み合わせることが好ましい。 n L1 is preferably 0 when importance is attached to the response speed, 2 or 3 is preferable to improve the upper limit temperature of the nematic phase, and 1 is preferable to balance them. Moreover, in order to satisfy the characteristics required for the liquid crystal composition, it is preferable to combine compounds of different values.
 AL1、AL2及びAL3はΔnを大きくすることが求められる場合には芳香族であることが好ましく、応答速度を改善するためには脂肪族であることが好ましく、それぞれ独立してトランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基、1,4-フェニレン基、2-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、3-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、3,5-ジフルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基、1,4-ビシクロ[2.2.2]オクチレン基、ピペリジン-1,4-ジイル基、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、デカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基を表すことが好ましく、下記化56の構造を表すことがより好ましく、トランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基又は1,4-フェニレン基を表すことがさらに好ましい。 A L 1 , A L 2 and A L 3 are preferably aromatic when it is required to increase Δn, and are preferably aliphatic to improve the response speed, and each of them is independently trans- 1,4-cyclohexylene group, 1,4-phenylene group, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3,5-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group , 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, 1,4-bicyclo [2.2.2] octylene group, piperidine-1,4-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6 It is preferable to represent 1-diyl group or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, more preferably to represent a structure of the following formula 56, and trans-1,4-cyclohexyl. It is further preferred that represent emissions group or 1,4-phenylene group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
 ZL1及びZL2は応答速度を重視する場合には単結合であることが好ましい。 It is preferable that Z L1 and Z L2 be a single bond when the response speed is important.
 一般式(L)で表される化合物は分子内のハロゲン原子数が0個又は1個であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by formula (L) preferably has 0 or 1 halogen atoms in the molecule.
 一般式(L)で表される化合物は一般式(L-1)~(L-7)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by formula (L) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formulas (L-1) to (L-7).
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by formula (L-1) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
(式中、RL11及びRL12はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(L)におけるRL1及びRL2と同じ意味を表す。) (Wherein, R L11 and R L12 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in general formula (L).)
 RL11及びRL12は、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。 R L11 and R L12 are preferably linear alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, linear alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and linear alkenyl groups having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (L-1) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(L-1)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、2質量%以上であり、3質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、7質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、20質量%以上であり、25質量%以上であり、30質量%以上であり、35質量%以上であり、40質量%以上であり、45質量%以上であり、50質量%以上であり、55質量%以上である。 The lower limit value of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, and 3% by mass or more, 5 mass% or more, 7 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 15 mass% or more, 20 mass% or more, 25 mass% or more, 30 mass% or more, 35 It is mass% or more, 40 mass% or more, 45 mass% or more, 50 mass% or more, 55 mass% or more.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、95質量%以下であり、90質量%以下であり、85質量%以下であり、80質量%以下であり、75質量%以下であり、70質量%以下であり、65質量%以下であり、60質量%以下であり、55質量%以下であり、50質量%以下であり、45質量%以下であり、40質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、25質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferable content is 95 mass% or less, 90 mass% or less, 85 mass% or less, 80 mass% or less, 75 mass% or less, 70 mass% or less And 65% by mass or less, 60% by mass or less, 55% by mass or less, 50% by mass or less, 45% by mass or less, and 40% by mass or less, and 35% by mass or less And 30% by mass or less and 25% by mass or less.
 液晶組成物の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度が速い液晶組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値が高く上限値が高いことが好ましい。さらに、液晶組成物のTniを高く保ち、温度安定性の良い液組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値が中庸で上限値が中庸であることが好ましい。また、駆動電圧を低く保つために誘電率異方性を大きくしたいときは、上記の下限値が低く上限値が低いことが好ましい。 When it is necessary to keep the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition low and have a high response speed, it is preferable that the above lower limit value is high and the upper limit value is high. Moreover, maintaining high Tni of the liquid crystal composition, it is preferred if a good liquid crystal composition having a temperature stability is required is the upper limit value in the lower limit of the above is moderate is moderate. When it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the drive voltage low, it is preferable that the above lower limit value is low and the upper limit value is low.
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は一般式(L-1-1)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by General Formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by General Formula (L-1-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
(式中RL12は一般式(L-1)における意味と同じ意味を表す。) (Wherein, R L12 has the same meaning as in the general formula (L-1).)
 一般式(L-1-1)で表される化合物は、式(L-1-1.1)~式(L-1-1.3)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-1-1.2)又は式(L-1-1.3)で表される化合物であることがより好ましく、特に、式(L-1-1.3)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by General Formula (L-1-1) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (L-1-1.1) to Formula (L-1-1.3) Is more preferable, and it is more preferable that the compound is a compound represented by the formula (L-1-1.2) or the formula (L-1-1.3). It is preferred that the compound be
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(L-1-1.3)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、2質量%以上であり、3質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、7質量%以上であり、10質量%以上である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-1.3) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, and 3% by mass It is above, 5 mass% or more, 7 mass% or more, and 10 mass% or more.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、20質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、8質量%以下であり、7質量%以下であり、6質量%以下であり、5質量%以下であり、3質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit value of the preferable content is 20 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, 8 mass% or less, 7 mass% or less 6% by mass or less, 5% by mass or less, and 3% by mass or less.
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は一般式(L-1-2)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by General Formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by General Formula (L-1-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
(式中RL12は一般式(L-1)における意味と同じ意味を表す。) (Wherein, R L12 has the same meaning as in the general formula (L-1).)
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(L-1-2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上であり、23質量%以上であり、25質量%以上であり、27質量%以上であり、30質量%以上であり、35質量%以上である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2) relative to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 10% by mass or more Yes, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, 23% by mass or more, 25% by mass or more, 27% by mass or more, 30% by mass or more , 35 mass% or more.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、60質量%以下であり、55質量%以下であり、50質量%以下であり、45質量%以下であり、42質量%以下であり、40質量%以下であり、38質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、33質量%以下であり、30質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferable content is 60 mass% or less, 55 mass% or less, 50 mass% or less, 45 mass% or less, 42 mass% or less, 40 mass% or less It is 38 mass% or less, 35 mass% or less, 33 mass% or less, and 30 mass% or less.
 さらに、一般式(L-1-2)で表される化合物は、式(L-1-2.1)~式(L-1-2.4)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-1-2.2)~式(L-1-2.4)で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。特に、式(L-1-2.2)で表される化合物は液晶組成物の応答速度を特に改善するため好ましい。また、応答速度よりも高いTniを求めるときは、式(L-1-2.3)又は式(L-1-2.4)で表される化合物を用いることが好ましい。
  なお、液晶組成物中に含まれる式(L-1-2.3)及び式(L-1-2.4)で表される化合物の量は、低温での溶解度を良くするために30質量%以上にすることは好ましくない。
Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (L-1-2) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (L-1-2.1) to Formula (L-1-2.4) And the compounds represented by formulas (L-1-2.2) to (L-1-2.4) are more preferable. In particular, the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) is preferable in order to particularly improve the response speed of the liquid crystal composition. When Tni higher than the response speed is to be determined, it is preferable to use a compound represented by formula (L-1-2.3) or formula (L-1-2.4).
The amount of the compounds represented by the formulas (L-1-2.3) and (L-1-2.4) contained in the liquid crystal composition is 30% by mass to improve the solubility at low temperatures. It is not desirable to make it more than%.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(L-1-2.2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、10質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、18質量%以上であり、20質量%以上であり、23質量%以上であり、25質量%以上であり、27質量%以上であり、30質量%以上であり、33質量%以上であり、35質量%以上であり、38質量%以上であり、40質量%以上である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 10% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, and 18% by mass More than, 20 mass% or more, 23 mass% or more, 25 mass% or more, 27 mass% or more, 30 mass% or more, 33 mass% or more, 35 mass% or more And 38% by mass or more and 40% by mass or more.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、60質量%以下であり、55質量%以下であり、50質量%以下であり、45質量%以下であり、43質量%以下であり、40質量%以下であり、38質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、32質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、27質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、22質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit value of its preferable content is 60 mass% or less, 55 mass% or less, 50 mass% or less, 45 mass% or less, 43 mass% or less, 40 mass% or less And 38% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 32% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 27% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less, and 22% by mass or less is there.
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(L-1-2.3)で表される化合物及び式(L-1-2.4)で表される化合物の合計の好ましい含有量の下限値は、10質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、20質量%以上であり、25質量%以上であり、27質量%以上であり、30質量%以上であり、35質量%以上であり、40質量%以上である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the total of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.3) and the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.4) relative to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 10% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, 25% by mass or more, 27% by mass or more, 30% by mass or more, 35% by mass or more, It is 40% by mass or more.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、60質量%以下であり、55質量%以下であり、50質量%以下であり、45質量%以下であり、43質量%以下であり、40質量%以下であり、38質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、32質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、27質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、22質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit value of its preferable content is 60 mass% or less, 55 mass% or less, 50 mass% or less, 45 mass% or less, 43 mass% or less, 40 mass% or less And 38% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 32% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 27% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less, and 22% by mass or less is there.
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は一般式(L-1-3)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formula (L-1-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
(式中RL13及びRL14はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基を表す。) (Wherein, L L13 and R L14 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms.)
 RL13及びRL14は、それぞれ独立して直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基又は直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。 R L13 and R L14 are each independently a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a linear alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms An alkenyl group is preferred.
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(L-1-3)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上であり、23質量%以上であり、25質量%以上であり、30質量%以上である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-3) relative to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 10% by mass or more Yes, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, 23% by mass or more, 25% by mass or more, 30% by mass or more .
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、60質量%以下であり、55質量%以下であり、50質量%以下であり、45質量%以下であり、40質量%以下であり、37質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、33質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、27質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、17質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、10質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferable content is 60 mass% or less, 55 mass% or less, 50 mass% or less, 45 mass% or less, 40 mass% or less, 37 mass% or less And 35% by mass or less, 33% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 27% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, and 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less There is, 17 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, and 10 mass% or less.
 さらに、一般式(L-1-3)で表される化合物は、式(L-1-3.1)~式(L-1-3.13)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-1-3.1)、式(L-1-3.3)又は式(L-1-3.4)で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。特に、式(L-1-3.1)で表される化合物は液晶組成物の応答速度を特に改善するため好ましい。また、応答速度よりも高いTniを求めるときは、式(L-1-3.3)、式(L-1-3.4)、式(L-1-3.11)及び式(L-1-3.12)で表される化合物を用いることが好ましい。
  なお、液晶組成物中に含まれる式(L-1-3.3)、式(L-1-3.4)、式(L-1-3.11)及び式(L-1-3.12)で表される化合物の合計の量は、低温での溶解度を良くするために20%以上にすることは好ましくない。
Furthermore, the compound represented by the general formula (L-1-3) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formulas (L-1-3.1) to (L-1-3.13) The compound is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-1-3.1), Formula (L-1-3.3) or Formula (L-1-3.4). In particular, the compound represented by the formula (L-1-3.1) is preferable in order to particularly improve the response speed of the liquid crystal composition. In addition, when Tni higher than the response speed is to be determined, the formula (L-1-3.3), the formula (L-1-3.4), the formula (L-1-3.11) and the formula (L-) are used. It is preferable to use the compound represented by 1-3.12).
In addition, Formula (L-1-3.3), Formula (L-1-3.4), Formula (L-1-3.11), and Formula (L-1.3. L) contained in the liquid crystal composition. It is not preferable to make the total amount of the compounds represented by 12) 20% or more in order to improve the solubility at low temperature.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(L-1-3.1)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、2質量%以上であり、3質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、7質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、18質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-3.1) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, and 3% by mass More than, 5 mass% or more, 7 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 15 mass% or more, 18 mass% or more, 20 mass% or more It is.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、20質量%以下であり、17質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、8質量%以下であり、7質量%以下であり、6質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferable content is 20 mass% or less, 17 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, 8 mass% or less 7% by mass or less and 6% by mass or less.
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は一般式(L-1-4)及び/又は(L-1-5)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by Formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (L-1-4) and / or (L-1-5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
(式中RL15及びRL16はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基を表す。) (Wherein, L L15 and R L16 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms.)
 RL15及びRL16は、それぞれ独立して直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基又は直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。 R L15 and R L16 each independently represent a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a linear C 2 to 5 carbon atoms An alkenyl group is preferred.
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(L-1-4)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-4) relative to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 10% by mass or more Yes, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、17質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、10質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferable content is 25 mass% or less, 23 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 17 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less And 10% by mass or less.
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(L-1-5)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-5) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 10% by mass or more Yes, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、17質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、10質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferable content is 25 mass% or less, 23 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 17 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less And 10% by mass or less.
 さらに、一般式(L-1-4)及び(L-1-5)で表される化合物は、式(L-1-4.1)~式(L-1-4.3)及び式(L-1-5.1)~式(L-1-5.3)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-1-4.2)又は式(L-1-5.2)で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。 Furthermore, the compounds represented by the general formulas (L-1-4) and (L-1-5) have the formulas (L-1-4.1) to (L-1-4.3) and It is preferable that it is a compound chosen from the compound group represented by L-1-5.1)-a formula (L-1-5.3), and it is Formula (L-1-4.2) or a formula (L-). The compound represented by 1-5.2) is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(L-1-4.2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、2質量%以上であり、3質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、7質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、18質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-4.2) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, and 3% by mass More than, 5 mass% or more, 7 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 15 mass% or more, 18 mass% or more, 20 mass% or more It is.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、20質量%以下であり、17質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、8質量%以下であり、7質量%以下であり、6質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferable content is 20 mass% or less, 17 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, 8 mass% or less 7% by mass or less and 6% by mass or less.
 式(L-1-1.3)、式(L-1-2.2)、式(L-1-3.1)、式(L-1-3.3)、式(L-1-3.4)、式(L-1-3.11)及び式(L-1-3.12)で表される化合物から選ばれる2種以上の化合物を組み合わせることが好ましく、式(L-1-1.3)、式(L-1-2.2)、式(L-1-3.1)、式(L-1-3.3)、式(L-1-3.4)及び式(L-1-4.2)で表される化合物から選ばれる2種以上の化合物を組み合わせることがより好ましい。 Formula (L-1-1.3), Formula (L-1-2.2), Formula (L-1-3.1), Formula (L-1-3.3), Formula (L-1-1.3) 3.4), It is preferable to combine 2 or more types of compounds selected from the compounds represented by Formula (L-1-3.11) and Formula (L-1-3.12), -1.3), formula (L-1-2.2), formula (L-1-3.1), formula (L-1-3.3), formula (L-1-3.4) and It is more preferable to combine two or more compounds selected from the compounds represented by formula (L-1-4.2).
 液晶組成物の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい合計の含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、2質量%以上であり、3質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、7質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、18質量%以上であり、20質量%以上であり、23質量%以上であり、25質量%以上であり、27質量%以上であり、30質量%以上であり、33質量%以上であり、35質量%以上である。
  一方、その好ましい合計の含有量の上限値は、80質量%以下であり、70質量%以下であり、60質量%以下であり、50質量%以下であり、45質量%以下であり、40質量%以下であり、37質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、33質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下である。
The lower limit value of the preferable total content of these compounds to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, 3% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, 7 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 15 mass% or more, 18 mass% or more, 20 mass% or more, 23 mass% or more, 25 It is 27 mass% or more, 30 mass% or more, 33 mass% or more, and 35 mass% or more.
On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferable total content is 80% by mass or less, 70% by mass or less, 60% by mass or less, 50% by mass or less, 45% by mass or less, 40% by mass % Or less, 37% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 33% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, and 23% by mass It is the following and is 20 mass% or less.
 液晶組成物の信頼性を重視する場合には、式(L-1-3.1)、式(L-1-3.3)及び式(L-1-3.4)で表される化合物から選ばれる2種以上の化合物を組み合わせることが好ましく、液晶組成物の応答速度を重視する場合には、式(L-1-1.3)、式(L-1-2.2)で表される化合物から選ばれる2種以上の化合物を組み合わせることが好ましい。 When importance is attached to the reliability of the liquid crystal composition, the compounds represented by Formula (L-1-3.1), Formula (L-1-3.3) and Formula (L-1-3.4) It is preferable to combine two or more compounds selected from the above, and when importance is attached to the response speed of the liquid crystal composition, the formula (L-1-1. 3) and the formula (L- 1-2.2) It is preferable to combine two or more compounds selected from the compounds listed above.
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は一般式(L-1-6)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formula (L-1-6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
(式中RL17及びRL18はそれぞれ独立してメチル基又は水素原子を表す。) (In the formula, R L17 and R L18 each independently represent a methyl group or a hydrogen atom.)
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(L-1-6)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上であり、23質量%以上であり、25質量%以上であり、27質量%以上であり、30質量%以上であり、35質量%以上である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-6) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 10% by mass or more. Yes, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, 23% by mass or more, 25% by mass or more, 27% by mass or more, 30% by mass or more , 35 mass% or more.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、60質量%以下であり、55質量%以下であり、50質量%以下であり、45質量%以下であり、42質量%以下であり、40質量%以下であり、38質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、33質量%以下であり、30質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferable content is 60 mass% or less, 55 mass% or less, 50 mass% or less, 45 mass% or less, 42 mass% or less, 40 mass% or less It is 38 mass% or less, 35 mass% or less, 33 mass% or less, and 30 mass% or less.
 さらに、一般式(L-1-6)で表される化合物は、式(L-1-6.1)~式(L-1-6.3)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by the general formula (L-1-6) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formula (L-1-6.1) to formula (L-1-6.3) Is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
 一般式(L-2)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by formula (L-2) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
(式中、RL21及びRL22はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(L)におけるRL1及びRL2と同じ意味を表す。) (Wherein, R L21 and R L22 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in general formula (L).)
 RL21は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、RL22は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましい。 R L21 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and R L22 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or a carbon atom The alkoxy groups of 1 to 4 are preferable.
 一般式(L-2)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2種以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by formula (L-2) can be used alone or in combination of two or more. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、反対に、応答速度を重視する場合は含有量を少なめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content higher is more effective, and conversely, when importance is placed on response speed, setting the content smaller is more effective. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(L-2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、2質量%以上であり、3質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、7質量%以上であり、10質量%以上である。 The lower limit value of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-2) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, and 3% by mass or more. It is 5% by mass or more, 7% by mass or more, and 10% by mass or more.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、20質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、8質量%以下であり、7質量%以下であり、6質量%以下であり、5質量%以下であり、3質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit value of the preferable content is 20 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, 8 mass% or less, 7 mass% or less 6% by mass or less, 5% by mass or less, and 3% by mass or less.
 さらに、一般式(L-2)で表される化合物は、式(L-2.1)~式(L-2.6)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-2.1)、式(L-2.3)、式(L-2.4)及び式(L-2.6)で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (L-2) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (L-2.1) to Formula (L-2.6), It is more preferable that the compound is a compound represented by (L-2.1), formula (L-2.3), formula (L-2.4) and formula (L-2.6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
 一般式(L-3)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by formula (L-3) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
(式中、RL31及びRL32はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(L)におけるRL1及びRL2と同じ意味を表す。) (Wherein, R L31 and R L32 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in general formula (L).)
 RL31及びRL32はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましい。 R L31 and R L32 are preferably each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
 一般式(L-3)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by formula (L-3) can be used alone or in combination of two or more. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(L-3)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、2質量%以上であり、3質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、7質量%以上であり、10質量%以上である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-3) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, and 3% by mass or more, It is 5% by mass or more, 7% by mass or more, and 10% by mass or more.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、20質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、8質量%以下であり、7質量%以下であり、6質量%以下であり、5質量%以下であり、3質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit value of the preferable content is 20 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, 8 mass% or less, 7 mass% or less 6% by mass or less, 5% by mass or less, and 3% by mass or less.
 高い複屈折率を得る場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、反対に、高いTniを重視する場合は含有量を少なめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 In the case of obtaining a high birefringence, it is effective to set the content to a large value, and conversely, in the case of placing importance on high Tni, the effect is set to a small amount. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
 さらに、一般式(L-3)で表される化合物は、式(L-3.1)~式(L-3.7)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-3.2)~式(L-3.7)で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (L-3) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (L-3.1) to Formula (L-3.7), It is more preferable that the compound is a compound represented by (L-3.2) to formula (L-3.7).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
 一般式(L-4)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by formula (L-4) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
(式中、RL41及びRL42はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(L)におけるRL1及びRL2と同じ意味を表す。) (Wherein, R L41 and R L42 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in General Formula (L).)
 RL41は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、RL42は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましい。 R L41 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and R L42 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or a carbon atom The alkoxy groups of 1 to 4 are preferable.
 一般式(L-4)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by formula (L-4) can be used alone or in combination of two or more compounds. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 液晶組成物において、一般式(L-4)で表される化合物の含有量は、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率、プロセス適合性、滴下痕、焼き付き、誘電率異方性などの求められる性能に応じて適宜調整する必要がある。 In the liquid crystal composition, the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L-4) is low temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process compatibility, dripping marks, image sticking, It is necessary to appropriately adjust according to the required performance such as dielectric anisotropy.
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(L-4)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、2質量%以上であり、3質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、7質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、14質量%以上であり、16質量%以上であり、20質量%以上であり、23質量%以上であり、26質量%以上であり、30質量%以上であり、35質量%以上であり、40質量%以上である。 The lower limit value of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-4) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, and 3% by mass or more, 5 mass% or more, 7 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 14 mass% or more, 16 mass% or more, 20 mass% or more, 23 mass% or more, 26 It is mass% or more, 30 mass% or more, 35 mass% or more, and 40 mass% or more.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、50質量%以下であり、40質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、5質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit value of the preferable content is 50 mass% or less, 40 mass% or less, 35 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less 10% by mass or less and 5% by mass or less.
 一般式(L-4)で表される化合物は、例えば式(L-4.1)~式(L-4.3)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by Formula (L-4) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-4.1) to Formula (L-4.3), for example.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
 低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて、式(L-4.1)で表される化合物を含有していても、式(L-4.2)で表される化合物を含有していても、式(L-4.1)で表される化合物と式(L-4.2)で表される化合物との両方を含有していてもよいし、式(L-4.1)~式(L-4.3)で表される化合物を全て含んでいてもよい。 Depending on required properties such as low temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, etc., the compound represented by the formula (L-4.1) can be represented by the formula (L-4.1) Even if it contains the compound represented by -4.2), it contains both the compound represented by the formula (L-4.1) and the compound represented by the formula (L-4.2) Or all of the compounds represented by Formula (L-4.1) to Formula (L-4.3).
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(L-4.1)又は式(L-4.2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、3質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、7質量%以上であり、9質量%以上であり、11質量%以上であり、12質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、18質量%以上であり、21質量%以上である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-4.1) or the formula (L-4.2) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 3% by mass or more, and 5% by mass More than, 7 mass% or more, 9 mass% or more, 11 mass% or more, 12 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 18 mass% or more, 21 mass% or more It is.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、45質量%以下であり、40質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、8質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit value of its preferable content is 45 mass% or less, 40 mass% or less, 35 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, 23 mass% or less 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, and 8% by mass or less.
 式(L-4.1)で表される化合物と式(L-4.2)で表される化合物との両方を含有する場合は、液晶組成物の総量に対しての両化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、15質量%以上であり、19質量%以上であり、24質量%以上であり、30質量%以上である。 When both the compound represented by Formula (L-4.1) and the compound represented by Formula (L-4.2) are contained, the preferred content of both compounds relative to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition The lower limit of the amount is 15% by mass or more, 19% by mass or more, 24% by mass or more, and 30% by mass or more.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、45質量%以下であり、40質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit value of its preferable content is 45 mass% or less, 40 mass% or less, 35 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, 23 mass% or less It is 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, and 13 mass% or less.
 一般式(L-4)で表される化合物は、例えば式(L-4.4)~式(L-4.6)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-4.4)で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。 The compound represented by General Formula (L-4) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-4.4) to Formula (L-4.6), for example. It is more preferable that it is a compound represented by this.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
 低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて、式(L-4.4)で表される化合物を含有していても、式(L-4.5)で表される化合物を含有していても、式(L-4.4)で表される化合物と式(L-4.5)で表される化合物との両方を含有していてもよい。 Depending on required properties such as low temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, etc., the compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) may be represented by the formula (L-4.4) Even if it contains the compound represented by -4.5), it contains both the compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) and the compound represented by the formula (L-4.5) It may be
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(L-4.4)又は式(L-4.5)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、3質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、7質量%以上であり、9質量%以上であり、11質量%以上であり、12質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、18質量%以上であり、21質量%以上である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) or the formula (L-4.5) relative to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 3% by mass or more, and 5% by mass More than, 7 mass% or more, 9 mass% or more, 11 mass% or more, 12 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 18 mass% or more, 21 mass% or more It is.
 一方、その好ましい上限値は、45質量%以下であり、40質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、8質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the preferable upper limit thereof is 45% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, and 23% by mass or less, It is 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, and 8 mass% or less.
 式(L-4.4)で表される化合物と式(L-4.5)で表される化合物との両方を含有する場合は、液晶組成物の総量に対しての両化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、15質量%以上であり、19質量%以上であり、24質量%以上であり、30質量%以上である。 When the compound represented by formula (L-4.4) and the compound represented by formula (L-4.5) are both contained, the preferred content of both compounds relative to the total amount of liquid crystal composition The lower limit of the amount is 15% by mass or more, 19% by mass or more, 24% by mass or more, and 30% by mass or more.
 一方、その好ましい上限値は、45質量%以下であり、40質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the preferable upper limit thereof is 45% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, and 23% by mass or less, It is 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, and 13 mass% or less.
 一般式(L-4)で表される化合物は、式(L-4.7)~式(L-4.10)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、特に、式(L-4.9)で表される化合物が好ましい。 The compound represented by Formula (L-4) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-4.7) to Formula (L-4.10), and in particular, a compound represented by Formula (L-4. The compound represented by 9) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
 一般式(L-5)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (L-5) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
(式中、RL51及びRL52はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(L)におけるRL1及びRL2と同じ意味を表す。) (Wherein, R L51 and R L52 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in general formula (L).)
 RL51は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、RL52は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましい。 R L51 is preferably an alkyl group or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, R L52 is an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or a carbon atom of the carbon atoms 4-5 of 1-5 carbon atoms The alkoxy groups of 1 to 4 are preferable.
 一般式(L-5)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (L-5) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 液晶組成物において、一般式(L-5)で表される化合物の含有量は、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率、プロセス適合性、滴下痕、焼き付き、誘電率異方性などの求められる性能に応じて適宜調整する必要がある。 In the liquid crystal composition, the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L-5) is low temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process compatibility, dripping marks, image sticking, It is necessary to appropriately adjust according to the required performance such as dielectric anisotropy.
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(L-5)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、2質量%以上であり、3質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、7質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、14質量%以上であり、16質量%以上であり、20質量%以上であり、23質量%以上であり、26質量%以上であり、30質量%以上であり、35質量%以上であり、40質量%以上である。 The lower limit value of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-5) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, and 3% by mass or more, 5 mass% or more, 7 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 14 mass% or more, 16 mass% or more, 20 mass% or more, 23 mass% or more, 26 It is mass% or more, 30 mass% or more, 35 mass% or more, and 40 mass% or more.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、50質量%以下であり、40質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、5質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit value of the preferable content is 50 mass% or less, 40 mass% or less, 35 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less 10% by mass or less and 5% by mass or less.
 一般式(L-5)で表される化合物は、式(L-5.1)又は式(L-5.2)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、特に、式(L-5.1)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by Formula (L-5) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-5.1) or Formula (L-5.2), and in particular, a compound represented by Formula (L-5. It is preferable that it is a compound represented by 1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000088
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000088
 液晶組成物の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、2質量%以上であり、3質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、7質量%以上である。
  一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、20質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、9質量%以下である。
The lower limit value of the preferable content of these compounds to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, 3% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 7% by mass. % Or more.
On the other hand, the upper limit value of the preferable content is 20 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, and 9 mass% or less.
 一般式(L-5)で表される化合物は、式(L-5.3)又は式(L-5.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by General Formula (L-5) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-5.3) or Formula (L-5.4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000089
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000089
 液晶組成物の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、2質量%以上であり、3質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、7質量%以上である。 The lower limit value of the preferable content of these compounds to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, 3% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 7% by mass. % Or more.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、20質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、9質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit value of the preferable content is 20 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, and 9 mass% or less.
 一般式(L-5)で表される化合物は、式(L-5.5)~式(L-5.7)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、特に式(L-5.7)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by Formula (L-5) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (L-5.5) to Formula (L-5.7), and in particular It is preferable that it is a compound represented by L-5.7).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000090
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000090
 液晶組成物の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、2質量%以上であり、3質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、7質量%以上である。
  一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、20質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、9質量%以下である。
The lower limit value of the preferable content of these compounds to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, 3% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 7% by mass. % Or more.
On the other hand, the upper limit value of the preferable content is 20 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, and 9 mass% or less.
 一般式(L-6)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (L-6) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
(式中、RL61及びRL62はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(L)におけるRL1及びRL2と同じ意味を表し、XL61及びXL62はそれぞれ独立して水素原子又はフッ素原子を表す。) (Wherein, R L61 and R L62 each independently represent the same as R L1 and R L2 in General Formula (L), and X L61 and X L62 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom. )
 RL61及びRL62はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、XL61及びXL62のうち一方がフッ素原子、他方が水素原子であることが好ましい。 Each of R L61 and R L62 is preferably independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and one of X L61 and X L62 is a fluorine atom and the other is a hydrogen atom Is preferred.
 一般式(L-6)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by formula (L-6) can be used alone or in combination of two or more compounds. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(L-6)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、2質量%以上であり、3質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、7質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、14質量%以上であり、16質量%以上であり、20質量%以上であり、23質量%以上であり、26質量%以上であり、30質量%以上であり、35質量%以上であり、40質量%以上である。 The lower limit value of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-6) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, and 3% by mass or more, 5 mass% or more, 7 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 14 mass% or more, 16 mass% or more, 20 mass% or more, 23 mass% or more, 26 It is mass% or more, 30 mass% or more, 35 mass% or more, and 40 mass% or more.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、50質量%以下であり、40質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、5質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit value of the preferable content is 50 mass% or less, 40 mass% or less, 35 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less 10% by mass or less and 5% by mass or less.
 なお、Δnを大きくすることに重点を置く場合には含有量を多くした方が好ましく、低温での析出に重点を置いた場合には含有量は少ない方が好ましい。 When emphasis is placed on increasing Δn, it is preferable to increase the content, and when emphasis is put on precipitation at low temperature, it is preferable to reduce the content.
 一般式(L-6)で表される化合物は、式(L-6.1)~式(L-6.9)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by General Formula (L-6) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-6.1) to Formula (L-6.9).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000092
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000092
 組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、これらの化合物の中から1種~3種類含有することが好ましく、1種~4種類含有することがさらに好ましい。また、選ぶ化合物の分子量分布が広いことも溶解性に有効であるため、例えば、式(L-6.1)又は(L-6.2)で表される化合物から1種類、式(L-6.4)又は(L-6.5)で表される化合物から1種類、式(L-6.6)又は式(L-6.7)で表される化合物から1種類、式(L-6.8)又は(L-6.9)で表される化合物から1種類の化合物を選び、これらを適宜組み合わせることが好ましい。その中でも、式(L-6.1)、式(L-6.3)式(L-6.4)、式(L-6.6)及び式(L-6.9)で表される化合物を含むことが好ましい。 There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but it is preferable to include one to three of these compounds, and it is more preferable to include one to four. In addition, since a broad molecular weight distribution of the selected compound is also effective for solubility, for example, one compound represented by the formula (L-6.1) or (L-6.2), a compound of the formula (L- 6.4) or (L-6.5) from the compound represented by the formula (L-6.6) or the formula (L-6.7) It is preferable to select one type of compound from the compounds represented by -6.8) or (L-6.9) and appropriately combine them. Among them, they are represented by the formula (L-6.1), the formula (L-6.3), the formula (L-6.4), the formula (L-6.6) and the formula (L-6.9) It is preferred to include a compound.
 さらに、一般式(L-6)で表される化合物は、例えば式(L-6.10)~式(L-6.17)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、その中でも、式(L-6.11)で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (L-6) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-6.10) to Formula (L-6.17), for example. It is more preferable that the compound is a compound represented by L-6.11).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000093
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000093
 液晶組成物の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、2質量%以上であり、3質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、7質量%以上である。
  一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、20質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、9質量%以下である。
The lower limit value of the preferable content of these compounds to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, 3% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 7% by mass. % Or more.
On the other hand, the upper limit value of the preferable content is 20 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, and 9 mass% or less.
 一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (L-7) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000094
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000094
(式中、RL71及びRL72はそれぞれ独立して一般式(L)におけるRL1及びRL2と同じ意味を表し、AL71及びAL72はそれぞれ独立して一般式(L)におけるAL2及びAL3と同じ意味を表すが、AL71及びAL72上の水素原子はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子によって置換されていてもよく、ZL71は一般式(L)におけるZL2と同じ意味を表し、XL71及びXL72はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子又は水素原子を表す。) (Wherein, R L71 and R L72 each independently represent the same as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L), and A L71 and A L72 are each independently A L2 and A L2 in the general formula (L) A hydrogen having the same meaning as A L3 is represented, but each of hydrogen atoms on A L71 and A L72 may be independently substituted by a fluorine atom, and Z L71 has the same meaning as Z L2 in formula (L), X L71 and X L72 each independently represent a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom.)
 式中、RL71及びRL72はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、AL71及びAL72はそれぞれ独立して1,4-シクロヘキシレン基又は1,4-フェニレン基が好ましく、AL71及びAL72上の水素原子はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子によって置換されていてもよく、ZL71は単結合又はCOO-が好ましく、単結合が好ましく、XL71及びXL72は水素原子が好ましい。 Wherein, R L71 and R L72 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms of 2 to 5 carbon atoms preferably, A L71 and A L72 each independently 1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group is preferably a hydrogen atom on a L71 and a L72 may be substituted by fluorine atoms independently, Z L71 is a single A bond or COO- is preferable, a single bond is preferable, and X L71 and X L72 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
 組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて組み合わせる。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類である。 There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are combined according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, and four types in one embodiment.
 液晶組成物中に含まれる一般式(L-7)で表される化合物の量は、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率、プロセス適合性、滴下痕、焼き付き、誘電率異方性などの求められる性能に応じて適宜調整する必要がある。 The amount of the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) contained in the liquid crystal composition is the solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process compatibility, dripping marks, image sticking It is necessary to adjust appropriately according to the required performance such as dielectric anisotropy.
 液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(L-7)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、2質量%以上であり、3質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、7質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、14質量%以上であり、16質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-7) to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, and 3% by mass or more. It is 5% by mass or more, 7% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 14% by mass or more, 16% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
 一方、その好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、5質量%以下である。 On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferable content is 30 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, 23 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less 10% by mass or less and 5% by mass or less.
 液晶組成物が高いTniが望まれる場合は式(L-7)で表される化合物の含有量を多めにすることが好ましく、低粘度の液晶組成物が望まれる場合は含有量を少なめにすることが好ましい。 When a liquid crystal composition is desired to have a high Tni, it is preferable to increase the content of the compound represented by formula (L-7), and to decrease the content when a low viscosity liquid crystal composition is desired. Is preferred.
 さらに、一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は、式(L-7.1)~式(L-7.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-7.2)で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-7.1) to Formula (L-7.4), and Formula (L-7. It is more preferable that it is a compound represented by 2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000095
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000095
 さらに、一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は、式(L-7.11)~式(L-7.13)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-7.11)で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-7. 11) to Formula (L-7. 13), and the compound represented by Formula (L-7. It is more preferable that it is a compound represented by 11).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000096
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000096
 さらに、一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は、式(L-7.21)~式(L-7.23)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-7.21)で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-7.21) to Formula (L-7.23), and the compound represented by Formula (L-7. It is more preferable that it is a compound represented by 21).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000097
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000097
 さらに、一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は、式(L-7.31)~式(L-7.34)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-7.31)又は/及び式(L-7.32)で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-7. 31) to Formula (L-7. 34), and the compound represented by Formula (L-7. 31) or / and a compound represented by the formula (L-7. 32) are more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000098
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000098
 さらに、一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は、式(L-7.41)~式(L-7.44)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-7.41)又は/及び式(L-7.42)で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-7.41) to Formula (L-7.44), and the compound represented by Formula (L-7. 41) or / and a compound represented by the formula (L-7. 42) are more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000099
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000099
 さらに、一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は、式(L-7.51)~式(L-7.53)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-7.51) to Formula (L-7.53).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000100
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000100
 本発明の液晶組成物は、重合性化合物を更に含有してもよい。重合性化合物としては、各種の化合物が挙げられるが、下記一般式(P)で表される化合物の少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましい。 The liquid crystal composition of the present invention may further contain a polymerizable compound. Although various compounds are mentioned as a polymeric compound, It is preferable to include at least 1 sort (s) of a compound represented by the following general formula (P).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000101
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000101
 式(P)中、Zp1は、フッ素原子、シアノ基、水素原子、水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~15のアルキル基、水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~15のアルコキシ基、水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~15のアルケニル基、水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~15のアルケニルオキシ基又は-Spp2-Rp2を表す。 In the formula (P), Z p1 represents a fluorine atom, a cyano group, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms in which a hydrogen atom may be substituted by a halogen atom, and a hydrogen atom is substituted by a halogen atom An alkoxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms in which a hydrogen atom may be substituted with a halogen atom, a carbon atom number in which a hydrogen atom may be substituted for a halogen atom 1 to 15 alkenyloxy group or -Sp 2 -R p 2 is represented.
 Rp1及びRp2は、それぞれ下記式(R-I)~式(R-IX)のいずれかを表す。 R p1 and R p2 each represent any one of the following formulas (RI) to (R-IX).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000102
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000102
(式中、
 *でSpp1又はSpp2と結合し、
 R~Rは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、炭素原子数1~5個のアルキル基又は炭素原子数1~5個のハロゲン化アルキル基を表し、
 Wは、単結合、-O-又はメチレン基を表し、
 Tは、単結合又は-COO-を表し、
 p、t及びqは、それぞれ独立して、0、1又は2を表す。)
(In the formula,
Combine with Sp p1 or Sp p2 with *
R 2 to R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms,
W represents a single bond, -O- or a methylene group,
T represents a single bond or -COO-,
p, t and q each independently represent 0, 1 or 2. )
 Spp1及びSpp2は、それぞれスペーサー基を表し、
 Lp1及びLp2は、それぞれ独立して、単結合、-O-、-S-、-CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-CO-、-C-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCOOCH-、-CHOCOO-、-OCHCHO-、-CO-NR-、-NR-CO-、-SCH-、-CHS-、-CH=CR-COO-、-CH=CR-OCO-、-COO-CR=CH-、-OCO-CR=CH-、-COO-CR=CH-COO-、-COO-CR=CH-OCO-、-OCO-CR=CH-COO-、-OCO-CR=CH-OCO-、-(CH-C(=O)-O-、-(CH-O-(C=O)-、-O-(C=O)-(CH-、-(C=O)-O-(CH-、-CH(CH)C-C(=O)-O-、-CH(CH)C-O-(C=O)-、-O-(C=O)-C(CH)CH、-(C=O)-O-C(CH)-CH、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、-CF=CH-、-CH=CF-、-CF-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CFCH-、-CHCF-、-CFCF-又は-C≡C-(ただし、式中、Rは、それぞれ独立して水素原子又は炭素原子数1~4のアルキル基を表し、zは1~4の整数を表す。)を表す。
Sp p1 and Sp p2 each represent a spacer group,
L p1 and L p2 are each independently a single bond, —O—, —S—, —CH 2 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —CO—, —C 2 H 4 —, -COO -, - OCO -, - OCOOCH 2 -, - CH 2 OCOO -, - OCH 2 CH 2 O -, - CO-NR a -, - NR a -CO -, - SCH 2 -, - CH 2 S -, -CH = CR a -COO-, -CH = CR a -OCO-, -COO-CR a = CH-, -OCO-CR a = CH-, -COO-CR a = CH-COO-,- COO-CR a = CH-OCO-,-OCO-CR a = CH-COO-,-OCO-CR a = CH-OCO-,-(CH 2 ) z- C (= O)-O-,-( CH 2) z -O- (C = O) -, - O- (C = O) - (CH 2) z -, - (C = O -O- (CH 2) z -, - CH 2 (CH 3) C-C (= O) -O -, - CH 2 (CH 3) C-O- (C = O) -, - O- ( C = O) —C (CH 3 ) CH 2 , — (C = O) —O—C (CH 3 ) —CH 2 , —CH = CH—, —CF = CF—, —CF = CH—, — CH = CF-, -CF 2- , -CF 2 O-, -OCF 2- , -CF 2 CH 2- , -CH 2 CF 2- , -CF 2 CF 2 -or -C≡C- (wherein In the formulae, each R a independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and z represents an integer of 1 to 4.
 Mp2は、1,4-フェニレン基、1,4-シクロヘキシレン基、アントラセン-2,6-ジイル基、フェナントレン-2,7-ジイル基、ピリジン-2,5-ジイル基、ピリミジン-2,5-ジイル基、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、インダン-2,5-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,3-ジオキサン-2,5-ジイル基又は単結合を表すが、Mp2は無置換であるか又は炭素原子数1~12のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~12のハロゲン化アルキル基、炭素原子数1~12のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数1~12のハロゲン化アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基若しくは-Rp1で置換されていてもよい。 M p2 is a 1,4-phenylene group, a 1,4-cyclohexylene group, an anthracene-2,6-diyl group, a phenanthrene-2,7-diyl group, a pyridine-2,5-diyl group, a pyrimidine-2, 5-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, indan-2,5-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,3-dioxane-2,5 -Represents a diyl group or a single bond, but M p2 is unsubstituted or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms And may be substituted with a halogenated alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group or -R p1 .
 Mp1は、下記式(i-11)~(ix-11)のいずれかを表す。 M p1 represents any one of the following formulas (i-11) to (ix-11).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000103
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000103
(式中、*でSpp1と結合し、**でLp1、Lp2又はZp1と結合する。) (Wherein * binds to Sp p1 and ** binds to L p1 , L p2 or Z p1 )
 Mp3は、下記式(i-13)~(ix-13)のいずれかを表す。 M p3 represents any one of the following formulas (i-13) to (ix-13).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000104
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000104
(式中、*でZp1と結合し、**でLp2と結合する。) (In the formula, * binds to Z p1 and ** binds to L p2 )
 mp2~mp4は、それぞれ独立して、0、1、2又は3を表し、
 mp1及びmp5は、それぞれ独立して、1、2又は3を表し、
 Zp1が複数存在する場合には、それらは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Rp1が複数存在する場合には、それらは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Rp2が複数存在する場合には、それらは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Spp1が複数存在する場合には、それらは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Spp2が複数存在する場合には、それらは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Lp1が複数存在する場合には、それらは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Mp2が複数存在する場合には、それらは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
m p2 to m p4 each independently represent 0, 1, 2 or 3 and
m p1 and m p5 each independently represent 1, 2 or 3, and
If the Z p1 there are multiple, they may be the being the same or different, when R p1 is more present, they may be the being the same or different, R p2 When there exist two or more, they may mutually be same or different and when two or more Sp p1 exist, they may mutually be same or different and Sp p2 is plural. When they exist, they may be the same or different from each other, and when there are a plurality of L p1 , they may be the same as or different from each other, and there are a plurality of M p2 In the case, they may be identical to or different from one another.
 液晶組成物が配向助剤(第1の化合物及び第2の化合物)に加えて、重合性化合物を更に含有することにより、液晶分子のプレチルト角を好適に形成することができる。
  なお、液晶組成物は、分子内に過酸(-CO-OO-)構造等の酸素原子同士が結合した構造を持つ化合物を含有しないことが好ましい。
When the liquid crystal composition further contains a polymerizable compound in addition to the alignment aid (the first compound and the second compound), the pretilt angle of liquid crystal molecules can be suitably formed.
The liquid crystal composition preferably does not contain a compound having a structure in which oxygen atoms such as a peracid (—CO—OO—) structure are bonded to each other in the molecule.
 液晶組成物の信頼性及び長期安定性を重視する場合、液晶組成物の総量に対してのカルボニル基を有する化合物の含有量を、5質量%以下とすることが好ましく、3質量%以下とすることがより好ましく、1質量%以下とすることが更に好ましく、実質的に含有しないことが最も好ましい。 When importance is attached to the reliability and long-term stability of the liquid crystal composition, the content of the compound having a carbonyl group relative to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is preferably 5% by mass or less, and 3% by mass or less It is more preferable that the content be 1% by mass or less, and it is most preferable that the content not be substantially contained.
 UV照射による安定性を重視する場合、液晶組成物の総量に対しての塩素原子が置換している化合物の含有量を、15質量%以下とすることが好ましく、10質量%以下とすることがより好ましく、8質量%以下とすることが更に好ましく、5質量%以下とすることが更に好ましく、3質量%以下とすることが特に好ましく、実質的に含有しないことが最も好ましい。 When importance is placed on stability due to UV irradiation, the content of the compound substituted by chlorine atoms relative to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is preferably 15% by mass or less, and 10% by mass or less The content is more preferably 8% by mass or less, further preferably 5% by mass or less, particularly preferably 3% by mass or less, and most preferably substantially non-containing.
 分子内の環構造がすべて6員環である化合物の含有量を多くすることが好ましく、液晶組成物の総量に対しての分子内の環構造がすべて6員環である化合物の含有量を、80質量%以上とすることが好ましく、90質量%以上とすることがより好ましく、95質量%以上とすることが更に好ましく、実質的に100重量%とすることが最も好ましい。 It is preferable to increase the content of compounds in which all ring structures in the molecule are six-membered rings, and the content of compounds in which all ring structures in the molecule are six-membered rings with respect to the total amount of liquid crystal composition, The content is preferably 80% by mass or more, more preferably 90% by mass or more, still more preferably 95% by mass or more, and most preferably substantially 100% by mass.
 液晶組成物の酸化による劣化を抑えるためには、環構造としてシクロヘキセニレン基を有する化合物の含有量を少なくすることが好ましく、液晶組成物の総量に対してのシクロヘキセニレン基を有する化合物の含有量を、10質量%以下とすることが好ましく、8質量%以下とすることがより好ましく、5質量%以下とすることが更に好ましく、3質量%以下とすることが特に好ましく、実質的に含有しないことが最も好ましい。 In order to suppress deterioration due to oxidation of the liquid crystal composition, it is preferable to reduce the content of the compound having a cyclohexenylene group as a ring structure, and the compound having a cyclohexenylene group with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition. The content is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 8% by mass or less, still more preferably 5% by mass or less, particularly preferably 3% by mass or less, substantially It is most preferable not to contain.
 粘度の改善及びTniの改善を重視する場合には、水素原子がハロゲンに置換されていてもよい2-メチルベンゼン-1,4-ジイル基を分子内に持つ化合物の含有量を少なくすることが好ましく、液晶組成物の総量に対しての2-メチルベンゼン-1,4-ジイル基を分子内に持つ化合物の含有量を、10質量%以下とすることが好ましく、8質量%以下とすることがより好ましく、5質量%以下とすることが更に好ましく、3質量%以下とすることが特に好ましく、実質的に含有しないことが最も好ましい。 In the case of focusing on the improvement of viscosity and the improvement of Tni, the content of a compound having a 2-methylbenzene-1,4-diyl group in which the hydrogen atom may be substituted with a halogen in the molecule may be reduced. Preferably, the content of the compound having a 2-methylbenzene-1,4-diyl group in the molecule is preferably 10% by mass or less and 8% by mass or less based on the total amount of the liquid crystal composition. Is more preferable, 5% by mass or less is more preferable, 3% by mass or less is particularly preferable, and substantially no content is most preferable.
 本明細書において、液晶組成物が「化合物X」を実質的に含有しないとは、液晶組成物が意図せず(不可避的)に含まれる量を超えて「化合物X」を含有しないという意味である。 In the present specification, that the liquid crystal composition substantially does not contain "compound X" means that it does not contain "compound X" in an amount exceeding the amount that is unintentionally (unavoidably) included in the liquid crystal composition. is there.
 液晶組成物の平均弾性定数(KAVG)の好ましい下限値は、10以上であり、10.5以上であり、11以上であり、11.5以上であり、12以上であり、12.3以上であり、12.5以上であり、12.8以上であり、13以上であり、13.3以上であり、13.5以上であり、13.8以上であり、14以上であり、14.3以上であり、14.5以上であり、14.8以上であり、15以上であり、15.3以上であり、15.5以上であり、15.8以上であり、16以上であり、16.3以上であり、16.5以上であり、16.8以上であり、17以上であり、17.3以上であり、17.5以上であり、17.8以上であり、18以上である。 The preferable lower limit of the average elastic constant (K AVG ) of the liquid crystal composition is 10 or more, 10.5 or more, 11 or more, 11.5 or more, 12 or more, 12.3 or more 14. or more, 12.5 or more, 13 or more, 13.3 or more, 13.5 or more, 13.8 or more, 14 or more, 14. 3 or more, 14.5 or more, 14.8 or more, 15 or more, 15.3 or more, 15.5 or more, 15.8 or more, 16 or more, 16.3 or more, 16.5 or more, 16.8 or more, 17 or more, 17.3 or more, 17.5 or more, 17.8 or more, 18 or more is there.
 一方、液晶組成物の平均弾性定数(KAVG)の好ましい上限値は、25以下であり、24.5以下であり、24以下であり、23.5以下であり、23以下であり、22.8以下であり、22.5以下であり、22.3以下であり、22以下であり、21.8以下であり、21.5以下であり、21.3以下であり、21以下であり、20.8以下であり、20.5以下であり、20.3以下であり、20以下であり、19.8以下であり、19.5以下であり、19.3以下であり、19以下であり、18.8以下であり、18.5以下であり、18.3以下であり、18以下であり、17.8以下であり、17.5以下であり、17.3以下であり、17以下である。 On the other hand, the preferable upper limit of the average elastic constant (K AVG ) of the liquid crystal composition is 25 or less, 24.5 or less, 24 or less, 23.5 or less, 23 or less, or 22. 8 or less, 22.5 or less, 22.3 or less, 22 or less, 21.8 or less, 21.5 or less, 21.3 or less, 21 or less, 20.8 or less, 20.5 or less, 20.3 or less, 20 or less, 19.8 or less, 19.5 or less, 19.3 or less, 19 or less Yes, 18.8 or less, 18.5 or less, 18.3 or less, 18 or less, 17.8 or less, 17.5 or less, 17.3 or less, 17 It is below.
 消費電力削減を重視する場合にはバックライトの光量を抑えることが有効であり、液晶表示素子は光の透過率を向上させることが好ましく、そのためにはKAVGの値を低めに設定することが好ましい。応答速度の改善を重視する場合にはKAVGの値を高めに設定することが好ましい。 When importance is given to reducing power consumption, it is effective to reduce the amount of light from the backlight, and it is preferable to improve the light transmittance of the liquid crystal display element. For that purpose, the value of K AVG should be set lower. preferable. When emphasis is placed on improvement of response speed, it is preferable to set the value of K AVG higher.
 (液晶表示素子)
 本発明の液晶組成物は、液晶表示素子に適用される。以下、図1,2を適宜参照しながら、本実施形態に係る液晶表示素子の例を説明する。
(Liquid crystal display element)
The liquid crystal composition of the present invention is applied to a liquid crystal display element. Hereinafter, the example of the liquid crystal display element which concerns on this embodiment is demonstrated, referring FIG.1, 2 suitably.
 図1は、液晶表示素子の構成を模式的に示す図である。図1では、説明のために便宜上、各構成要素を離間させて示している。 FIG. 1 is a view schematically showing the structure of a liquid crystal display device. In FIG. 1, the respective components are illustrated separately for convenience of explanation.
 本実施形態に係る液晶表示素子1は、図1に示すように、対向するように配置された第一基板2及び第二基板3と、第一基板2と第二基板3との間に設けられた液晶層4とを備えており、液晶層4は前述した液晶組成物により構成される。 As shown in FIG. 1, the liquid crystal display element 1 according to the present embodiment is provided between the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 and the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 which are disposed to face each other. And the liquid crystal layer 4 is composed of the liquid crystal composition described above.
 第一基板2には、液晶層4側の面に画素電極層5が形成されている。第二基板3には、液晶層4側に共通電極層6が形成されている。第一基板2及び第二基板3は、一対の偏光板7,8により挟持されていてもよい。第二基板3の液晶層4側には、カラーフィルタ9が更に設けられていてもよい。 The pixel electrode layer 5 is formed on the surface of the first substrate 2 on the liquid crystal layer 4 side. A common electrode layer 6 is formed on the second substrate 3 on the liquid crystal layer 4 side. The first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 may be sandwiched by a pair of polarizing plates 7 and 8. A color filter 9 may be further provided on the liquid crystal layer 4 side of the second substrate 3.
 すなわち、一実施形態に係る液晶表示素子1は、第一偏光板7と、第一基板2と、画素電極層5と、液晶組成物を含む液晶層4と、共通電極層6と、カラーフィルタ9と、第二基板3と、第二偏光板8と、がこの順に積層された構成を有している。 That is, the liquid crystal display element 1 according to one embodiment includes the first polarizing plate 7, the first substrate 2, the pixel electrode layer 5, the liquid crystal layer 4 containing a liquid crystal composition, the common electrode layer 6, and the color filter 9 has a configuration in which the second substrate 3 and the second polarizing plate 8 are laminated in this order.
 第一基板2及び第二基板3は、例えばガラス又はプラスチック等の柔軟性をもつ材料で形成されている。第一基板2及び第二基板3の少なくとも一方は透明な材料で形成されており、他方は透明な材料で形成されていても、金属やシリコン等の不透明な材料で形成されていてもよい。 The first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 are formed of a flexible material such as glass or plastic, for example. At least one of the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 may be formed of a transparent material, and the other may be formed of a transparent material or an opaque material such as metal or silicon.
 第一基板2及び第二基板3は、周縁領域に配置されたエポキシ系熱硬化性組成物等のシール材及び封止材によって互いに貼り合わされていて、その間には基板間距離を保持するために、例えば、ガラス粒子、プラスチック粒子、アルミナ粒子等の粒状スペーサー、又はフォトリソグラフィー法により形成された樹脂からなるスペーサー柱が配置されていてもよい。 The first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 are bonded to each other by a sealing material and a sealing material such as an epoxy-based thermosetting composition disposed in the peripheral region, and in order to maintain the distance between the substrates For example, particulate spacers such as glass particles, plastic particles, and alumina particles, or spacer posts made of a resin formed by photolithography may be disposed.
 第一偏光板7及び第二偏光板8は、各偏光板の偏光軸を調整して視野角やコントラストが良好になるように調整することができ、それらの透過軸がノーマリブラックモードで作動するように、互いに直行する透過軸を有することが好ましい。特に、第一偏光板7及び第二偏光板8のうちいずれかは、電圧無印加時の液晶分子の配向方向と平行な透過軸を有するように配置されることが好ましい。 The first polarizing plate 7 and the second polarizing plate 8 can be adjusted so that the viewing angle and the contrast become good by adjusting the polarization axes of the respective polarizing plates, and their transmission axes operate in the normally black mode It is preferable to have transmission axes orthogonal to one another. In particular, any one of the first polarizing plate 7 and the second polarizing plate 8 is preferably arranged to have a transmission axis parallel to the alignment direction of liquid crystal molecules when no voltage is applied.
 カラーフィルタ9は、光の漏れを防止する観点で、ブラックマトリクスを形成することが好ましく、薄膜トランジスタに対応する部分にブラックマトリクス(図示せず)を形成することが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of preventing light leakage, the color filter 9 preferably forms a black matrix, and preferably forms a black matrix (not shown) in the portion corresponding to the thin film transistor.
 ブラックマトリクスは、アレイ基板と反対側の基板にカラーフィルタと共に設置されてもよく、アレイ基板側にカラーフィルタと共に設置されてもよく、ブラックマトリクスがアレイ基板に、カラーフィルタがもう一方の基板にそれぞれ別に設置されてもよい。また、ブラックマトリクスは、カラーフィルタと別に設置されてもよいが、カラーフィルタの各色を重ねることで透過率を低下させるものであってもよい。 The black matrix may be placed on the substrate opposite to the array substrate together with the color filter, or may be placed on the array substrate side together with the color filter, the black matrix on the array substrate, and the color filter on the other substrate. It may be installed separately. Also, the black matrix may be installed separately from the color filter, but may be one that reduces the transmittance by overlapping each color of the color filter.
 図2は、図1における第一基板2上に形成された画素電極層5の一部であるI線で囲まれた領域を拡大した平面図である。 FIG. 2 is an enlarged plan view of a region surrounded by an I line which is a part of the pixel electrode layer 5 formed on the first substrate 2 in FIG.
 図2に示すように、第一基板2の表面に形成されている薄膜トランジスタを含む画素電極層5では、走査信号を供給するための複数のゲートバスライン11と表示信号を供給するための複数のデータバスライン12とが、互いに交差してマトリクス状に配置されている。なお、図2には、一対のゲートバスライン11,11及び一対のデータバスライン12,12のみが示されている。 As shown in FIG. 2, in the pixel electrode layer 5 including a thin film transistor formed on the surface of the first substrate 2, a plurality of gate bus lines 11 for supplying a scanning signal and a plurality of display signals are supplied. Data bus lines 12 cross each other and are arranged in a matrix. Note that FIG. 2 shows only the pair of gate bus lines 11 and 11 and the pair of data bus lines 12 and 12.
 複数のゲートバスライン11と複数のデータバスライン12とにより囲まれた領域により、液晶表示素子の単位画素が形成され、該単位画素内には、画素電極13が形成されている。画素電極13は、互いに直交して十字形状をなす二つの幹部と、各幹部から延在する複数の枝部とを備える、いわゆるフィッシュボーン構造を有している。 A unit pixel of the liquid crystal display element is formed by a region surrounded by the plurality of gate bus lines 11 and the plurality of data bus lines 12, and the pixel electrode 13 is formed in the unit pixel. The pixel electrode 13 has a so-called fishbone structure including two stems having a cross shape orthogonal to each other and a plurality of branches extending from each stem.
 また、一対のゲートバスライン11,11の間には、ゲートバスライン11と略平行にCs電極14が設けられている。また、ゲートバスライン11とデータバスライン12とが互いに交差している交差部近傍には、ソース電極15及びドレイン電極16を含む薄膜トランジスタが設けられている。ドレイン電極16には、コンタクトホール17が設けられている。 Further, between the pair of gate bus lines 11, a Cs electrode 14 is provided substantially in parallel with the gate bus line 11. A thin film transistor including a source electrode 15 and a drain electrode 16 is provided in the vicinity of an intersection where the gate bus line 11 and the data bus line 12 intersect with each other. The drain electrode 16 is provided with a contact hole 17.
 ゲートバスライン11及びデータバスライン12は、好ましくはそれぞれ金属膜で形成されており、より好ましくはAl、Cu、Au、Ag、Cr、Ta、Ti、Mo、W、Ni又はその合金で形成されており、更に好ましくはMo、Al又はその合金で形成されている。 Gate bus line 11 and data bus line 12 are preferably each formed of a metal film, and more preferably formed of Al, Cu, Au, Ag, Cr, Ta, Ti, Mo, W, Ni or an alloy thereof More preferably, it is formed of Mo, Al or an alloy thereof.
 画素電極13は、透過率を向上させるために、好ましくは透明電極である。透明電極は、酸化物半導体(ZnO、InGaZnO、SiGe、GaAs、IZO(Indium Zinc Oxide)、ITO(Indium Tin Oxide)、SnO、TiO、AZTO(AlZnSnO)等)をスパッタリング等することにより形成される。
  この際、透明電極の膜厚は、10~200nmであってよい。また、電気的抵抗を低減するために、アモルファスのITO膜を焼成することにより多結晶のITO膜として透明電極を形成することもできる。
The pixel electrode 13 is preferably a transparent electrode in order to improve the transmittance. The transparent electrode is formed by sputtering an oxide semiconductor (ZnO, InGaZnO, SiGe, GaAs, IZO (Indium Zinc Oxide), ITO (Indium Tin Oxide), SnO, TiO, AZTO (AlZnSnO), or the like).
At this time, the film thickness of the transparent electrode may be 10 to 200 nm. Also, in order to reduce the electrical resistance, the transparent electrode can be formed as a polycrystalline ITO film by firing the amorphous ITO film.
 本実施形態の液晶表示素子は、例えば、第一基板2及び第二基板3上にAl又はその合金等の金属材料をスパッタリングすることにより配線を形成し、画素電極層5及び共通電極層6をそれぞれ形成することができる。また、カラーフィルタ9は、例えば、顔料分散法、印刷法、電着法又は、染色法等によって作成することができる。 In the liquid crystal display element of the present embodiment, for example, a wiring is formed by sputtering a metal material such as Al or its alloy on the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3, and the pixel electrode layer 5 and the common electrode layer 6 are formed. Each can be formed. The color filter 9 can be produced, for example, by a pigment dispersion method, a printing method, an electrodeposition method, a dyeing method, or the like.
 顔料分散法によるカラーフィルタの作成方法を一例に説明すると、カラーフィルタ用の硬化性着色組成物を、該透明基板上に塗布し、パターニング処理を施し、そして加熱又は光照射により硬化させる。この工程を、赤、緑、青の3色についてそれぞれ行うことで、カラーフィルタ用の画素部を作成することができる。また、カラーフィルタ9は、TFT等を有する基板側に設置してもよい。 A method of producing a color filter by the pigment dispersion method will be described by way of example. A curable coloring composition for a color filter is applied on the transparent substrate, subjected to a patterning process, and cured by heating or light irradiation. By performing this process for each of three colors of red, green, and blue, it is possible to create a pixel portion for a color filter. Also, the color filter 9 may be installed on the side of the substrate having a TFT or the like.
 第一基板2及び第二基板3は、画素電極層5及び共通電極層6がそれぞれ内側となるように対向させるが、その際にスペーサーを介して、第一基板2及び第二基板3の間隔を調整してもよい。このときは、液晶層4の厚さが、例えば1~100μmとなるように調整するのが好ましい。 The first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 face each other such that the pixel electrode layer 5 and the common electrode layer 6 are on the inner side, but at this time, the distance between the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 You may adjust the At this time, it is preferable to adjust the thickness of the liquid crystal layer 4 to, for example, 1 to 100 μm.
 偏光板7,8を使用する場合は、コントラストが最大になるように液晶層4の屈折率異方性Δnと液晶層4の厚さとの積を調整することが好ましい。また、二枚の偏光板7,8がある場合は、各偏光板の偏光軸を調整して視野角やコントラトが良好になるように調整することもできる。さらに、視野角を広げるための位相差フィルムも使用することもできる。その後、エポキシ系熱硬化性組成物等のシール剤を、液晶注入口を設けた形で該基板にスクリーン印刷し、該基板同士を貼り合わせ、加熱しシール剤を熱硬化させる。 When the polarizing plates 7 and 8 are used, it is preferable to adjust the product of the refractive index anisotropy Δn of the liquid crystal layer 4 and the thickness of the liquid crystal layer 4 so as to maximize the contrast. When two polarizing plates 7 and 8 are provided, the polarization axes of the respective polarizing plates can be adjusted to adjust the viewing angle and contrast to be good. Furthermore, retardation films for widening the viewing angle can also be used. Thereafter, a sealing agent such as an epoxy-based thermosetting composition is screen-printed on the substrate in a form provided with a liquid crystal injection port, the substrates are bonded to each other, and heating is performed to thermally cure the sealing agent.
 2枚の基板2,3間に組成物を狭持させる方法は、通常の真空注入法又は滴下注入(ODF:One Drop Fill)法等を用いることができるが、真空注入法においては滴下痕が発生しないものの、注入の跡が残る課題を有しているものであるが、本実施形態においては、ODF法を用いて製造する表示素子により好適に使用することができる。 As a method of holding the composition between the two substrates 2 and 3, a usual vacuum injection method or one drop fill (ODF) method can be used, but in the vacuum injection method, a drip mark is Although it does not occur, it has a problem that a trace of injection remains, but in the present embodiment, it can be more suitably used for a display element manufactured using the ODF method.
 ODF法の液晶表示素子製造工程においては、バックプレーン又はフロントプレーンのどちらか一方の基板にエポキシ系光熱併用硬化性などのシール剤を、ディスペンサーを用いて閉ループ土手状に描画し、その中に脱気下で所定量の組成物を滴下後、フロントプレーンとバックプレーンを接合することによって液晶表示素子を製造することができる。 In the liquid crystal display device manufacturing process of the ODF method, a sealing agent such as an epoxy-based combination heat and light curing property is drawn on a back plane or front plane substrate in a closed loop shape using a dispenser, and removed therefrom. A liquid crystal display element can be manufactured by bonding a front plane and a backplane after dropping a predetermined amount of composition under air.
 本実施形態においては、ODF法において、液晶組成物を基板に滴下した際の滴下痕の発生を抑えることができる。なお、滴下痕とは、黒表示した場合に液晶組成物を滴下した痕が白く浮かび上がる現象と定義する。 In the present embodiment, in the ODF method, it is possible to suppress the generation of dripping marks when the liquid crystal composition is dripped on the substrate. In addition, with a dripping mark, when displaying in black, it defines as the phenomenon in which the mark which dripped the liquid-crystal composition floats up white.
 また、ODF法による液晶表示素子の製造工程においては、液晶表示素子のサイズに応じて最適な液晶注入量を滴下する必要があるが、本実施形態の液晶組成物は、例えば、液晶滴下時に生じる滴下装置内の急激な圧力変化や衝撃に対する影響が少なく、長時間にわたって安定的に液晶を滴下し続けることが可能であるため、液晶表示素子の歩留まりを高く保持することもできる。 In addition, in the manufacturing process of the liquid crystal display element by the ODF method, it is necessary to drop the optimal liquid crystal injection amount according to the size of the liquid crystal display element, but the liquid crystal composition of this embodiment Since the liquid crystal can be stably dropped over a long time with little influence on rapid pressure change and impact in the dropping device, the yield of the liquid crystal display element can be kept high.
 特に、最近流行しているスマートフォンに多用される小型液晶表示素子は、最適な液晶注入量が少ないために最適値からのずれを一定範囲内に制御すること自体が難しいが、本実施形態の液晶組成物を用いることにより、小型液晶表示素子においても安定した液晶材料の吐出量を実現できる。 In particular, small liquid crystal display devices frequently used for smartphones, which are in vogue recently, have difficulty in controlling the deviation from the optimum value within a certain range itself because the optimum liquid crystal injection amount is small, but the liquid crystal of this embodiment By using the composition, it is possible to realize a stable discharge amount of the liquid crystal material even in a small liquid crystal display element.
 第1の化合物及び第2の化合物がそれぞれ重合性基を含み、液晶組成物が重合性化合物を含有する場合、これらの化合物を重合させる方法としては、液晶分子の良好な配向性能を得るためには、適度な重合速度が望ましいので、紫外線又は電子線等の活性エネルギー線を単一又は併用又は順番に照射することによって重合させる方法が好ましい。紫外線を使用する場合、偏光光源を用いてもよいし、非偏光光源を用いてもよい。 When the first compound and the second compound each contain a polymerizable group, and the liquid crystal composition contains a polymerizable compound, as a method of polymerizing these compounds, in order to obtain good alignment performance of liquid crystal molecules Since a suitable polymerization rate is desirable, a method of polymerizing by irradiating an active energy ray such as an ultraviolet ray or an electron beam singly or in combination or sequentially is preferable. When using ultraviolet light, a polarized light source may be used or a non-polarized light source may be used.
 また、液晶組成物を2枚の基板間に挟持させて状態で重合を行う場合には、少なくとも照射面側の基板は活性エネルギー線に対して適当な透明性が与えられていなければならない。また、光照射時にマスクを用いて特定の部分のみを重合させた後、電場や磁場又は温度等の条件を変化させることにより、未重合部分の配向状態を変化させて、更に活性エネルギー線を照射して重合させるという手段を用いてもよい。 In addition, when polymerization is carried out in a state where the liquid crystal composition is held between two substrates, at least the substrate on the irradiation surface side must have appropriate transparency to active energy rays. Moreover, after polymerizing only a specific part using a mask at the time of light irradiation, the alignment state of the unpolymerized part is changed by changing conditions such as an electric field, a magnetic field or temperature, and irradiation of active energy rays is further performed. A means of polymerization may be used.
 特に紫外線露光する際には、液晶組成物に交流電界を印加しながら紫外線露光することが好ましい。印加する交流電界は、周波数10Hz~10kHzの交流が好ましく、周波数60Hz~10kHzがより好ましく、電圧は液晶表示素子の所望のプレチルト角に依存して選ばれる。つまり、印加する電圧により液晶表示素子のプレチルト角を制御することができる。横電界型MVAモードの液晶表示素子においては、配向安定性及びコントラストの観点からプレチルト角を80度~89.9度に制御することが好ましい。 In particular, when ultraviolet light exposure is performed, it is preferable to perform ultraviolet light exposure while applying an alternating electric field to the liquid crystal composition. The alternating electric field to be applied is preferably an alternating current having a frequency of 10 Hz to 10 kHz, more preferably a frequency of 60 Hz to 10 kHz, and the voltage is selected depending on the desired pretilt angle of the liquid crystal display element. That is, the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal display element can be controlled by the applied voltage. In the liquid crystal display element in the transverse electric field type MVA mode, the pretilt angle is preferably controlled to 80 degrees to 89.9 degrees from the viewpoint of alignment stability and contrast.
 照射時の温度は、液晶組成物の液晶状態が保持される温度範囲内であることが好ましい。液晶組成物は、室温に近い温度、即ち、典型的には15~35℃での温度で重合させることが好ましい。 The temperature at the time of irradiation is preferably within a temperature range in which the liquid crystal state of the liquid crystal composition is maintained. The liquid crystal composition is preferably polymerized at a temperature close to room temperature, ie, typically at a temperature of 15 to 35.degree.
 紫外線を発生させるランプとしては、メタルハライドランプ、高圧水銀ランプ、超高圧水銀ランプ等を用いることができる。また、照射する紫外線の波長としては、液晶組成物の吸収波長域でない波長領域の紫外線を照射することが好ましく、必要に応じて、紫外線をカットして使用することが好ましい。 As a lamp that generates ultraviolet light, a metal halide lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, or the like can be used. Moreover, as a wavelength of the ultraviolet-ray to irradiate, it is preferable to irradiate the ultraviolet-ray of the wavelength range which is not an absorption wavelength range of a liquid crystal composition, and it is preferable to cut and use an ultraviolet-ray as needed.
 照射する紫外線の強度は、0.1mW/cm~100W/cmが好ましく、2mW/cm~50W/cmがより好ましい。照射する紫外線のエネルギー量は、適宜調整することができるが、10mJ/cm~500J/cmが好ましく、100mJ/cm~200J/cmがより好ましい。紫外線を照射する際に、強度を変化させてもよい。 Intensity of ultraviolet irradiation is preferably from 0.1mW / cm 2 ~ 100W / cm 2, 2mW / cm 2 ~ 50W / cm 2 is more preferable. The amount of energy of the ultraviolet rays to be irradiated can be appropriately adjusted, but is preferably 10 mJ / cm 2 to 500 J / cm 2, and more preferably 100 mJ / cm 2 to 200 J / cm 2 . The intensity may be changed when irradiating ultraviolet light.
 紫外線を照射する時間は照射する紫外線強度により適宜選択されるが、10秒~3600秒が好ましく、10秒~600秒がより好ましい。 The irradiation time of the ultraviolet light is appropriately selected depending on the intensity of the ultraviolet light, but is preferably 10 seconds to 3600 seconds, and more preferably 10 seconds to 600 seconds.
 本発明の液晶組成物においては、配向助剤(第1の化合物及び第2の化合物)は上記重合性化合物の重合反応を阻害しないため、重合性化合物同士が好適に重合し、未反応の重合性化合物が液晶組成物中に残存することを抑制することができる。 In the liquid crystal composition of the present invention, since the alignment assistant (the first compound and the second compound) does not inhibit the polymerization reaction of the above-mentioned polymerizable compound, the polymerizable compounds are preferably polymerized with each other to cause unreacted polymerization. It is possible to suppress the residual compound in the liquid crystal composition.
 重合性化合物として、例えば上記一般式(P)で表される化合物を用いた場合、得られる液晶表示素子1は、二つの基板2,3と、二つの基板2,3の間に設けられた第1の化合物、第2の化合物及び一般式(P)で表される化合物の重合物を含む液晶層4とを備えている。この場合、第1の化合物、第2の化合物及び一般式(P)で表される化合物の重合物は、液晶層4中の基板2,3側に偏在していると考えられる。
  なお、重合性化合物を用いない場合、液晶層4は、第1の化合物及び第2の化合物の重合物を含むことになる。
When, for example, a compound represented by the above general formula (P) is used as the polymerizable compound, the liquid crystal display element 1 obtained is provided between the two substrates 2 and 3 and the two substrates 2 and 3 The liquid crystal layer 4 includes a polymer of the first compound, the second compound, and the compound represented by the general formula (P). In this case, it is considered that the polymer of the first compound, the second compound, and the compound represented by the general formula (P) is unevenly distributed on the side of the substrates 2 and 3 in the liquid crystal layer 4.
In the case where the polymerizable compound is not used, the liquid crystal layer 4 contains a polymer of the first compound and the second compound.
 液晶表示素子1は、アクティブマトリックス駆動用液晶表示素子であってよい。液晶表示素子1は、PSA型、PSVA型、VA型、IPS型、FFS型又はECB型の液晶表示素子であってよく、好ましくはPSA型の液晶表示素子である。 The liquid crystal display element 1 may be an active matrix drive liquid crystal display element. The liquid crystal display element 1 may be a PSA type, PSVA type, VA type, IPS type, FFS type or ECB type liquid crystal display element, and is preferably a PSA type liquid crystal display element.
 本実施形態の液晶表示素子では、配向助剤(第1の化合物及び第2の化合物)を含有する液晶組成物が用いられているため、第一基板2及び第二基板3の液晶層4側にポリイミド配向膜等の配向膜が設けられている必要がない。すなわち、本実施形態の液晶表示素子は、二つの基板のうち少なくとも一方の基板がポリイミド配向膜等の配向膜を有さない構成をとることができる。 In the liquid crystal display device of the present embodiment, a liquid crystal composition containing an alignment aid (first compound and second compound) is used, so the liquid crystal layer 4 side of the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 is used. It is not necessary to provide an alignment film such as a polyimide alignment film. That is, in the liquid crystal display element of the present embodiment, at least one of the two substrates can have a configuration without an alignment film such as a polyimide alignment film.
 以上、本発明の配向助剤、液晶組成物及び液晶表示素子を図示の実施形態に基づいて説明したが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではなく、各構成は、同様の機能を有する任意の構成に置換してもよく、他の任意の構成が付加されていてもよい。 Although the alignment assistant, the liquid crystal composition and the liquid crystal display device of the present invention have been described above based on the illustrated embodiments, the present invention is not limited to this, and each configuration has any function having the same function. Or any other configuration may be added.
 以下、本発明の実施例について説明するが、本発明は、以下の実施例に限定されるものではない。 Examples of the present invention will be described below, but the present invention is not limited to the following examples.
 実施例中、測定した特性は以下の通りである。 The characteristics measured in the examples are as follows.
 Tni :ネマチック相-等方性液体相転移温度(℃)
 Δn :20℃における屈折率異方性
 η  :20℃における粘度(mPa・s)
 γ :20℃における回転粘性(mPa・s)
 Δε :20℃における誘電率異方性
 K33 :20℃における弾性定数K33(pN)
T ni : Nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature (° C.)
Δn: refractive index anisotropy at 20 ° C. :: viscosity at 20 ° C. (mPa · s)
γ 1 : rotational viscosity (mPa · s) at 20 ° C
Δε: dielectric anisotropy at 20 ° C. K 33 : elastic constant K 33 at 20 ° C. (pN)
 1.液晶混合物の調製
 以下では、化合物の記載について、次の略号を用いる。
1. Preparation of Liquid Crystal Mixtures In the following, the following abbreviations are used for the descriptions of the compounds:
 <環構造> <Ring structure>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000105
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000105
 <側鎖構造> <Side chain structure>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000106
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000106
 (ただし、表中のnは自然数である。) (However, n in the table is a natural number.)
 <連結構造> <Connected structure>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000107
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000107
 (ただし、表中のnは自然数である。) (However, n in the table is a natural number.)
 (液晶混合物LC-1)
 まず、下記表3に示す処方の混合物HLC-1を調製した。この混合物HLC-1 100重量%に、下記の重合性化合物(R-1-0)を0.3重量%添加し、加熱溶解することにより、液晶混合物LC-1を得た。
(Liquid crystal mixture LC-1)
First, a mixture HLC-1 having a formulation shown in Table 3 below was prepared. 0.3% by weight of the following polymerizable compound (R-1-0) was added to 100% by weight of this mixture HLC-1, and the mixture was dissolved by heating to obtain a liquid crystal mixture LC-1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000108
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000108
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000109
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000109
 (液晶混合物LC-1~LC-8)
 まず、下記表4に示す処方の混合物HLC-2~HLC-8を調製した。これらの混合物HLC-2~HLC-8それぞれ100重量%に、上記の重合性化合物(R-1-0)を0.3重量%添加し、加熱溶解することにより、液晶混合物LC-2~LC-8を得た。
(Liquid crystal mixture LC-1 to LC-8)
First, mixtures HLC-2 to HLC-8 having the formulations shown in Table 4 below were prepared. 0.3% by weight of the above polymerizable compound (R-1-0) is added to 100% by weight of each of these mixtures HLC-2 to HLC-8, and the mixture is dissolved by heating to obtain liquid crystal mixtures LC-2 to LC. I got -8.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000110
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000110
 (液晶混合物LC-9~LC-16)
 混合物HLC-1~HLC-8それぞれ100重量%に、上記の重合性化合物(R-1-0)を0.3重量%、下記の重合性化合物(R-1-1)を0.5重量%添加し、加熱溶解することにより、液晶混合物LC-9~LC-16を得た。
(Liquid crystal mixture LC-9 to LC-16)
Mixtures Each of HLC-1 to HLC-8 in an amount of 100% by weight, 0.3% by weight of the above-mentioned polymerizable compound (R-1-0) and 0.5% by weight of the following polymerizable compound (R-1-1) %, And heated and dissolved to obtain liquid crystal mixtures LC-9 to LC-16.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000111
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000111
 2.液晶組成物の調製
 (実施例1)
 液晶混合物LC-1 100重量%に対して、第1の化合物として化合物(PJ-I-1)を0.3重量%と、第2の化合物として化合物(PJ-II-1)を0.3重量%とを添加し、液晶組成物を調製した。
2. Preparation of Liquid Crystal Composition (Example 1)
0.3 wt% of the compound (PJ-I-1) as the first compound and 0.3 wt% of the compound (PJ-II-1) as the second compound with respect to 100 wt% of the liquid crystal mixture LC-1 % By weight was added to prepare a liquid crystal composition.
 (実施例2)
 液晶混合物LC-1 100重量%に対して、化合物(PJ-I-1)を0.5重量%と、化合物(PJ-II-1)を0.5重量%とを添加し、液晶組成物を調製した。
(Example 2)
A liquid crystal composition is prepared by adding 0.5% by weight of the compound (PJ-I-1) and 0.5% by weight of the compound (PJ-II-1) to 100% by weight of the liquid crystal mixture LC-1 Was prepared.
 (実施例3)
 液晶混合物LC-1 100重量%に対して、化合物(PJ-I-1)を0.5重量%と、化合物(PJ-II-1)を1.0重量%とを添加し、液晶組成物を調製した。
(Example 3)
A liquid crystal composition is prepared by adding 0.5% by weight of a compound (PJ-I-1) and 1.0% by weight of a compound (PJ-II-1) to 100% by weight of a liquid crystal mixture LC-1 Was prepared.
 (実施例4~6)
 第1の化合物を化合物(PJ-I-1)から化合物(PJ-I-2)に変更したこと以外は、前記実施例1~3と同様にして液晶組成物を調製した。
(Examples 4 to 6)
A liquid crystal composition was prepared in the same manner as in Examples 1 to 3 except that the first compound was changed from the compound (PJ-I-1) to the compound (PJ-I-2).
 (実施例7~9)
 第1の化合物を化合物(PJ-I-1)から化合物(PJ-I-3)に変更したこと以外は、前記実施例1~3と同様にして液晶組成物を調製した。
(Examples 7 to 9)
A liquid crystal composition was prepared in the same manner as in Examples 1 to 3 except that the first compound was changed from the compound (PJ-I-1) to the compound (PJ-I-3).
 (実施例10~12)
 第1の化合物を化合物(PJ-I-1)から化合物(PJ-I-4)に変更したこと以外は、前記実施例1~3と同様にして液晶組成物を調製した。
(Examples 10 to 12)
A liquid crystal composition was prepared in the same manner as in Examples 1 to 3 except that the first compound was changed from the compound (PJ-I-1) to the compound (PJ-I-4).
 (実施例13~15)
 第1の化合物を化合物(PJ-I-1)から化合物(PJ-I-5)に変更したこと以外は、前記実施例1~3と同様にして液晶組成物を調製した。
(Examples 13 to 15)
A liquid crystal composition was prepared in the same manner as in Examples 1 to 3 except that the first compound was changed from the compound (PJ-I-1) to the compound (PJ-I-5).
 (実施例16~18)
 第2の化合物を化合物(PJ-II-1)から化合物(PJ-II-2)に変更したこと以外は、前記実施例7~9と同様にして液晶組成物を調製した。
(Examples 16 to 18)
A liquid crystal composition was prepared in the same manner as in Examples 7 to 9 except that the second compound was changed from compound (PJ-II-1) to compound (PJ-II-2).
 (実施例19~21)
 第2の化合物を化合物(PJ-II-1)から化合物(PJ-II-3)に変更したこと以外は、前記実施例7~9と同様にして液晶組成物を調製した。
(Examples 19 to 21)
A liquid crystal composition was prepared in the same manner as in Examples 7 to 9 except that the second compound was changed from compound (PJ-II-1) to compound (PJ-II-3).
 (実施例22~24)
 第2の化合物を化合物(PJ-II-1)から化合物(PJ-II-4)に変更したこと以外は、前記実施例7~9と同様にして液晶組成物を調製した。
(Examples 22 to 24)
A liquid crystal composition was prepared in the same manner as in Examples 7 to 9 except that the second compound was changed from compound (PJ-II-1) to compound (PJ-II-4).
 (実施例25~27)
 第2の化合物を化合物(PJ-II-1)から化合物(PJ-II-2)に変更したこと以外は、前記実施例4~6と同様にして液晶組成物を調製した。
(Examples 25 to 27)
A liquid crystal composition was prepared in the same manner as in Examples 4 to 6 except that the second compound was changed from compound (PJ-II-1) to compound (PJ-II-2).
 (実施例28~30)
 第2の化合物を化合物(PJ-II-1)から化合物(PJ-II-3)に変更したこと以外は、前記実施例4~6と同様にして液晶組成物を調製した。
(Examples 28 to 30)
A liquid crystal composition was prepared in the same manner as in Examples 4 to 6 except that the second compound was changed from compound (PJ-II-1) to compound (PJ-II-3).
 (実施例31~33)
 第2の化合物を化合物(PJ-II-1)から化合物(PJ-II-4)に変更したこと以外は、前記実施例4~6と同様にして液晶組成物を調製した。
(Examples 31 to 33)
A liquid crystal composition was prepared in the same manner as in Examples 4 to 6 except that the second compound was changed from compound (PJ-II-1) to compound (PJ-II-4).
 (実施例34~43)
 液晶組成物LC-1を液晶組成物LC-2~LC-8に変更したこと以外は、前記実施例23と同様にして液晶組成物を調製した。
(Examples 34 to 43)
A liquid crystal composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example 23 except that the liquid crystal composition LC-1 was changed to the liquid crystal compositions LC-2 to LC-8.
 (比較例1)
 化合物(PJ-I-1)及び化合物(PJ-II-1)を用いなかったこと以外は、前記実施例1と同様にして液晶組成物を調製した。
(Comparative example 1)
A liquid crystal composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compound (PJ-I-1) and the compound (PJ-II-1) were not used.
 (比較例2~4)
 液晶混合物LC-1 100重量%に対して、下記の化合物Ref-1~Ref-3をそれぞれ1.0重量%添加したこと以外は、前記実施例1と同様にして液晶組成物を調製した。
(Comparative examples 2 to 4)
A liquid crystal composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that 1.0 wt% of each of the following compounds Ref-1 to Ref-3 was added to 100 wt% of the liquid crystal mixture LC-1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000112
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000112
 (比較例5~13)
 液晶混合物LC-1 100重量%に対して、上記の化合物(PJ-I-1)~(PJ-I-5)及び化合物(PJ-II-1)~(PJ-II-4)をそれぞれ1.0重量%添加したこと以外は、前記実施例1と同様にして液晶組成物を調製した。
(Comparative Examples 5 to 13)
The above compounds (PJ-I-1) to (PJ-I-5) and the compounds (PJ-II-1) to (PJ-II-4) are each added to 100% by weight of the liquid crystal mixture LC-1 A liquid crystal composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that 0. 0% by weight was added.
 (比較例14~20)
 液晶混合物LC-1~LC-8それぞれ100重量%に対して、上記の化合物(PJ-I-3)を1.0重量%添加したこと以外は、前記実施例1と同様にして液晶組成物を調製した。
(Comparative Examples 14 to 20)
A liquid crystal composition in the same manner as in Example 1 except that 1.0% by weight of the compound (PJ-I-3) was added to 100% by weight of each of the liquid crystal mixtures LC-1 to LC-8. Was prepared.
 3.評価
 実施例及び比較例の各液晶組成物について、以下の評価試験を行った。
3. Evaluation The following evaluation tests were conducted on the liquid crystal compositions of the examples and the comparative examples.
 3-1.低温安定性の評価試験
 液晶組成物をメンブレンフィルター(Agilent Technologies社製、PTFE 13mm-0.2μm)にてろ過を行い、真空減圧条件にて15分間静置し溶存空気の除去を行った。これをアセトンにて洗浄し十分に乾燥させたバイアル瓶に0.5g秤量し、-25℃の低温環境下に14日間静置した。その後、目視にて析出の有無を観察し、以下の4段階で判定した。
3-1. Evaluation Test for Low-Temperature Stability The liquid crystal composition was filtered with a membrane filter (PTFE 13 mm-0.2 μm, manufactured by Agilent Technologies), and allowed to stand for 15 minutes under vacuum reduced pressure conditions to remove dissolved air. This was washed with acetone and weighed 0.5 g in a fully dried vial and allowed to stand in a low temperature environment of −25 ° C. for 14 days. Then, the presence or absence of precipitation was observed visually and it determined in the following four steps.
 A:14日静置後においても、析出が確認できなかった。 A: Precipitation was not confirmed even after standing for 14 days.
 B:7日静置後において、析出が確認された。 B: Precipitation was confirmed after leaving still for 7 days.
 C:3日静置後において、析出が確認された。 C: Precipitation was confirmed after standing for 3 days.
 D:1日静置後において、析出が確認された。 D: Precipitation was confirmed after standing for 1 day.
 3-2.垂直配向性の評価試験1
 まず、透明共通電極層を有するが、配向膜を有さない第一の基板(共通電極基板)と、アクティブ素子により駆動される透明画素電極を含む画素電極層を有するが、配向膜を有さない第二の基板(画素電極基板)とを作製した。次に、第一の基板の外周縁部に沿ってシール材を配置し、第一の基板上であってシール材の内側に液晶組成物を滴下した。
3-2. Evaluation test 1 of vertical orientation
First, a first substrate (common electrode substrate) having a transparent common electrode layer but not having an alignment film, and a pixel electrode layer including a transparent pixel electrode driven by an active element have an alignment film. And a second substrate (pixel electrode substrate) was produced. Next, a sealing material was disposed along the outer peripheral edge of the first substrate, and the liquid crystal composition was dropped on the first substrate and inside the sealing material.
 その後、シール材を介して第二の基板が第一の基板に対向するように配置し、液晶組成物を第一の基板と第二の基板とで挟持した。この状態で、シール材を常圧で110℃、2時間の条件で硬化させた。これにより、セルギャップ3.2μmの液晶セルを得た。 After that, the second substrate was disposed to face the first substrate with the sealing material interposed therebetween, and the liquid crystal composition was sandwiched between the first substrate and the second substrate. In this state, the sealing material was cured under normal pressure at 110 ° C. for 2 hours. Thus, a liquid crystal cell with a cell gap of 3.2 μm was obtained.
 このときの垂直配向性及び滴下痕などの配向ムラを、偏光顕微鏡を用いて観察し、以下の4段階で評価した。 At this time, the vertical alignment property and alignment unevenness such as dripping marks were observed using a polarization microscope, and evaluated in the following four steps.
 A:端部なども含め、全面に渡り均一に垂直配向
 B:ごく僅かに配向欠陥が有るも許容できるレベル
 C:端部なども含め、配向欠陥が多く許容できないレベル
 D:配向不良がかなり劣悪
A: Vertical alignment uniformly across the entire surface including the edge B: Allowable level with slight alignment defects C: A large level of alignment defects including the edge etc D: Fairly poor alignment
 3-3.垂直配向性の評価試験2
 まず、カラーフィルタ層を有するが、配向膜を有さない第一の基板(フィルタ基板)と、アクティブ素子により駆動される透明画素電極を含む画素電極層を有するが、配向膜を有さない第二の基板(画素電極基板)とを作製した。次に、第一の基板の外周縁部に沿ってシール材を配置し、第一の基板上であってシール材の内側に液晶組成物を滴下した。
3-3. Evaluation test 2 of vertical orientation
First, a first substrate (filter substrate) having a color filter layer but not having an alignment film, and a pixel electrode layer including a transparent pixel electrode driven by an active element but having no alignment film A second substrate (pixel electrode substrate) was produced. Next, a sealing material was disposed along the outer peripheral edge of the first substrate, and the liquid crystal composition was dropped on the first substrate and inside the sealing material.
 その後、シール材を介して第二の基板が第一の基板に対向するように配置し、液晶組成物を第一の基板と第二の基板とで挟持した。この状態で、シール材を常圧で110℃、2時間の条件で硬化させた。これにより、セルギャップ3.2μmの液晶セルを得た。 After that, the second substrate was disposed to face the first substrate with the sealing material interposed therebetween, and the liquid crystal composition was sandwiched between the first substrate and the second substrate. In this state, the sealing material was cured under normal pressure at 110 ° C. for 2 hours. Thus, a liquid crystal cell with a cell gap of 3.2 μm was obtained.
 このときの垂直配向性及び滴下痕などの配向ムラを、偏光顕微鏡を用いて観察し、以下の4段階で評価した。 At this time, the vertical alignment property and alignment unevenness such as dripping marks were observed using a polarization microscope, and evaluated in the following four steps.
 A:端部なども含め、全面に渡り均一に垂直配向
 B:ごく僅かに配向欠陥が有るも許容できるレベル
 C:端部なども含め、配向欠陥が多く許容できないレベル
 D:配向不良がかなり劣悪
A: Vertical alignment uniformly across the entire surface including the edge B: Allowable level with slight alignment defects C: A large level of alignment defects including the edge etc D: Fairly poor alignment
 3-4.垂直配向性の評価試験3
 まず、表面がパターン化された透明共通電極層部位とカラーフィルタ層部位の両方からなり、配向膜を有さない第一の基板(電極フィルタ基板)と、アクティブ素子により駆動される透明画素電極部位と画素電極層および、部分的にカラーフィルタ層部位を有するが、配向膜を有さない第二の基板(画素電極基板)とを作製した。次に、第一の基板の外周縁部に沿ってシール材を配置し、第一の基板上であってシール材の内側に液晶組成物を滴下した。
3-4. Evaluation test 3 of vertical orientation
First, a first substrate (electrode filter substrate) having both a transparent common electrode layer portion patterned on the surface and a color filter layer portion and having no alignment film, and a transparent pixel electrode portion driven by an active element A second substrate (pixel electrode substrate) having a pixel electrode layer and a color filter layer portion partially but not having an alignment film was produced. Next, a sealing material was disposed along the outer peripheral edge of the first substrate, and the liquid crystal composition was dropped on the first substrate and inside the sealing material.
 その後、シール材を介して第二の基板が第一の基板に対向するように配置し、液晶組成物を第一の基板と第二の基板とで挟持した。この状態で、シール材を常圧で110℃、2時間の条件で硬化させ、セルギャップ3.5μmの液晶セルを得た。 After that, the second substrate was disposed to face the first substrate with the sealing material interposed therebetween, and the liquid crystal composition was sandwiched between the first substrate and the second substrate. In this state, the sealing material was cured under normal pressure at 110 ° C. for 2 hours to obtain a liquid crystal cell with a cell gap of 3.5 μm.
 このときの垂直配向性及び滴下痕などの配向ムラを、偏光顕微鏡を用いて観察し、以下の4段階で評価した。 At this time, the vertical alignment property and alignment unevenness such as dripping marks were observed using a polarization microscope, and evaluated in the following four steps.
 A:パターン基板境界部、端部なども含め、全面に渡り均一に垂直配向
 B:ごく僅かに配向欠陥が有るも許容できるレベル
 C:端部なども含め、配向欠陥が多く許容できないレベル
 D:配向不良がかなり劣悪
A: Uniform vertical alignment over the entire surface including the boundary portion of the pattern substrate, edges, etc. B: There are slight orientation defects but acceptable level C: Many orientation defects are unacceptable including edge portions D: Poor alignment is quite poor
 3-5.プレチルト角形成の評価試験
 上記「3-2.垂直配向性の評価試験1」で使用した液晶セルに、10V、100Hzの矩形交流波を印加しながら、高圧水銀ランプを用いて、365nmにおける照度が100m/cmであるUV光を200秒間照射した。その後、白表示の安定性を、10V、100Hzの矩形交流波を印加しながらセルに物理的な外力を加え、クロスニコルの状態で観察を行い、以下の4段階で評価した。
3-5. Evaluation test of pretilt angle formation While applying a rectangular AC wave of 10 V and 100 Hz to the liquid crystal cell used in the above "3-2. Evaluation test of vertical alignment", using a high pressure mercury lamp, the illuminance at 365 nm is It was irradiated for 200 seconds with UV light of 100 m / cm 2 . Thereafter, physical stability was applied to the cell while applying a rectangular AC wave of 10 V and 100 Hz, the stability of the white display was observed in a cross nicol state, and evaluated in the following four stages.
 A:端部なども含め、全面に渡り均一に垂直配向
 B:ごく僅かに配向欠陥が有るも許容できるレベル
 C:端部なども含め、配向欠陥が多く許容できないレベル
 D:配向不良がかなり劣悪
A: Vertical alignment uniformly across the entire surface including the edge B: Allowable level with slight alignment defects C: A large level of alignment defects including the edge etc D: Fairly poor alignment
 3-6.残存モノマー量の評価試験
 上記「3-5.プレチルト角形成の評価試験」にて使用したセルに、さらに、東芝ライテック社製のUV蛍光ランプを60分間照射した(313nmにおける照度1.7mW/cm)後の、重合性化合物(R1-1-0)の残存量をHPLCにて定量し、残存モノマー量を決定した。モノマーの残存量に応じて、以下の4段階で評価した。
3-6. Evaluation Test of Residual Monomer Amount The cell used in the above "3-5. Evaluation test of formation of pretilt angle" was further irradiated for 60 minutes with a UV fluorescent lamp manufactured by Toshiba Lighttech Co., Ltd. (illuminance 1.7 mW / cm at 313 nm) 2 ) The remaining amount of the polymerizable compound (R1-1-0) after quantification was quantified by HPLC to determine the amount of remaining monomer. According to the residual amount of a monomer, it evaluated by the following four steps.
 A:300ppm未満
 B:300ppm以上500ppm未満。
A: less than 300 ppm B: greater than or equal to 300 ppm and less than 500 ppm.
 C:500ppm以上1500ppm未満
 D:1500ppm以上
C: 500 ppm or more and less than 1500 ppm D: 1500 ppm or more
 3-7.応答特性の評価試験
 上記「3-5.プレチルト角形成の評価試験」にて使用したセルギャップ3.2μmのセルに、さらに、東芝ライテック社製のUV蛍光ランプを60分間照射した(313nmにおける照度1.7mW/cm)。これにより得られたセルに対して、応答速度を測定した。応答速度は、6VにおけるVoffを、25℃の温度条件で、AUTRONIC-MELCHERS社のDMS703を用いて測定した。応答特性を以下の4段階で評価した。
3-7. Evaluation test of response characteristics The cell gap of 3.2 μm used in the above “3-5. Evaluation test of pretilt angle formation” was further irradiated for 60 minutes with a UV fluorescent lamp manufactured by Toshiba Lightech Co. (illuminance at 313 nm) 1.7 mW / cm 2 ). The response speed was measured for the cells obtained by this. The response speed was measured at Voff at 6 V using a DAM 703 manufactured by AUTRONIC-MELCHERS under a temperature condition of 25 ° C. Response characteristics were evaluated in the following four stages.
 A:5ms未満
 B:5ms以上15ms未満
 C:15ms以上25ms未満
 D:25ms以上
A: Less than 5 ms B: More than 5 ms and less than 15 ms C: More than 15 ms and less than 25 ms D: More than 25 ms
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000113
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000113
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000114
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000114
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000115
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000115
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000116
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000116
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000117
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000117
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000118
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000118
 以上のように、本発明の配向助剤及び液晶組成物は、優れた液晶分子の配向規制力と、高い保存安定性とを有することがわかった。また、本発明の液晶表示素子は、優れた応答特性を有することもわかった。 As described above, it was found that the alignment assistant and the liquid crystal composition of the present invention have an excellent ability to control the alignment of liquid crystal molecules and high storage stability. Further, it was also found that the liquid crystal display element of the present invention has excellent response characteristics.
 また、実施例1~40及び比較例1~20と同様に、液晶混合物LC-9~LC-16に対して、各種配向助剤を添加し、加熱溶解することにより液晶組成物を得た。これらの液晶組成物について、上記と同様に垂直配向性の評価を行ったところ、実施例は、比較例より配向性が優れていることが確認された。 Further, in the same manner as in Examples 1 to 40 and Comparative Examples 1 to 20, various alignment assistants were added to liquid crystal mixtures LC-9 to LC-16, and the mixture was heated and melted to obtain liquid crystal compositions. The vertical alignment of the liquid crystal compositions was evaluated in the same manner as described above. As a result, it was confirmed that the examples were superior in alignment to the comparative examples.
 1     液晶表示素子
 2     第一基板
 3     第二基板
 4     液晶層
 5     画素電極層
 6     共通電極層
 7、8   偏光板
 9     カラーフィルタ
 11    ゲートバスライン
 12    データバスライン
 13    画素電極
 14    Cz電極
 15    ソース電極
 16    ドレイン電極
 17    コンタクトホール
REFERENCE SIGNS LIST 1 liquid crystal display element 2 first substrate 3 second substrate 4 liquid crystal layer 5 pixel electrode layer 6 common electrode layer 7, 8 polarizing plate 9 color filter 11 gate bus line 12 data bus line 13 pixel electrode 14 Cz electrode 15 source electrode 16 drain Electrode 17 contact hole

Claims (21)

  1.  2つの基板間に液晶分子とともに配置され、前記液晶分子を自発的に配向させる配向助剤であって、
     前記基板に対する親和性を有する少なくとも1つの第1の親和性基を含む第1の化合物と、
     前記基板に対する親和性を有し、かつ前記第1の親和性基より極性が低い少なくとも1つの第2の親和性基を含む第2の化合物と、を含有することを特徴とする配向助剤。
    An alignment aid which is disposed along with liquid crystal molecules between two substrates and causes the liquid crystal molecules to spontaneously align,
    A first compound comprising at least one first affinity group having an affinity for the substrate;
    And a second compound containing at least one second affinity group having an affinity for the substrate and having a polarity lower than that of the first affinity group.
  2.  前記第1の化合物及び前記第2の化合物は、それぞれ少なくとも1つの重合性基を含む請求項1に記載の配向助剤。 The alignment aid according to claim 1, wherein the first compound and the second compound each contain at least one polymerizable group.
  3.  前記重合性基は、下記一般式(P-1)~(P-13)で表される群より選ばれる請求項2に記載の配向助剤。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (式中、右端の黒点は結合手を表す。)
    The alignment aid according to claim 2, wherein the polymerizable group is selected from the group represented by the following general formulas (P-1) to (P-13).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (In the equation, the black dot on the right represents the bond.)
  4.  前記第1の親和性基及び前記第2の親和性基は、それぞれ下記群より選ばれる基を含む請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の配向助剤。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (式中、黒点は結合手を表す。)
    The alignment assistant according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the first affinity group and the second affinity group each contain a group selected from the following group.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (In the formula, a black dot represents a bond.)
  5.  前記第1の親和性基は、下記一般式(K1-1)~(K1-3)で表される群:
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (式中、
     左端の黒点は結合手を表し、
     WK2は、メチン基、C-CH、C-C、窒素原子又は珪素原子を表し、
     WK3は、炭素原子を表し、
     X~Xは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、-OH基又はCH=C(CH)COO-を表し、
     X及びXのうちの少なくとも1つは、-OH基を表し、
     X、X及びXのうちの少なくとも1つは、-OH基を表し、
     Sp、Sp及びSpは、それぞれ単結合又はスペーサー基を表す。)
    より選ばれ、
     前記第2の親和性基は、下記一般式(K2-1)~(K2-14)で表される群:
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (式中、
     左端の黒点は結合手を表し、
     任意のメチレン基は、それぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~5の直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~5の直鎖又は分岐のアルキルオキシ基、又は炭素原子数1~5の直鎖又は分岐のペルフルオロアルキル基で置換されていてもよく、
     WK1は、メチン基、C-CH、C-C又は窒素原子を表し、
     XK1及びYK1は、それぞれ独立して、-CH-、酸素原子又は硫黄原子を表し、
     ZK1は、酸素原子又は硫黄原子を表し、
     UK1、VK1及びSK1は、それぞれ独立して、メチン基又は窒素原子を表し(ただし、UK1がメチン基、VK1がメチン基、SK1が窒素原子の組み合わせは除く)、
     RK1は、水素原子、炭素原子数1~5の直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~5の直鎖又は分岐のアルキルオキシ基、又は炭素原子数1~5の直鎖又は分岐のペルフルオロアルキル基を表す。)
    より選ばれる請求項4に記載の配向助剤。
    The first affinity group is a group represented by the following general formulas (K1-1) to (K1-3):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (In the formula,
    The black dot on the left represents the bond,
    W K2 represents a methine group, C—CH 3 , C—C 2 H 5 , a nitrogen atom or a silicon atom,
    W K3 represents a carbon atom,
    And X 1 to X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an —OH group or CH 2 CC (CH 3 ) COO—,
    At least one of X 1 and X 2 represents an —OH group,
    At least one of X 3 , X 4 and X 5 represents an —OH group,
    Sp 1 , Sp 2 and Sp 3 each represent a single bond or a spacer group. )
    Chosen from
    The second affinity group is a group represented by the following general formulas (K2-1) to (K2-14):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (In the formula,
    The black dot on the left represents the bond,
    The arbitrary methylene group is each independently a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear or branched alkyloxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or 1 to 5 carbon atoms. It may be substituted with a linear or branched perfluoroalkyl group,
    W K1 represents a methine group, C—CH 3 , C—C 2 H 5 or a nitrogen atom,
    X K1 and Y K1 each independently represent -CH 2- , an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom,
    Z K1 represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom,
    U K1 , V K1 and S K1 each independently represent a methine group or a nitrogen atom (provided that U K1 is a methine group, V K1 is a methine group, and S K1 is a combination of nitrogen atoms),
    R K1 represents a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear or branched alkyloxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a linear or branched chain having 1 to 5 carbon atoms Represents a perfluoroalkyl group of )
    The alignment assistant according to claim 4, which is selected from
  6.  前記第1の親和性基は、水酸基を含み、前記第2の親和性基は、エーテル基又はカーボネート基を含む請求項4又は5に記載の配向助剤。 The alignment assistant according to claim 4, wherein the first affinity group contains a hydroxyl group, and the second affinity group contains an ether group or a carbonate group.
  7.  前記第1の化合物及び前記第2の化合物は、それぞれメソゲン基を含み、
     前記第1の親和性基、第2の親和性基及び前記重合性基は、それぞれ直接又はスペーサー基を介して前記メソゲン基に結合している請求項2~6のいずれか1項に記載の配向助剤。
    The first compound and the second compound each contain a mesogenic group,
    The said 1st affinity group, the 2nd affinity group, and the said polymerizable group are respectively couple | bonded with the said mesogenic group directly or via the spacer group, The said any one of Claims 2-6 Alignment aid.
  8.  前記第1の化合物及び前記第2の化合物は、それぞれ前記メソゲン基の前記第1の親和性基又は前記第2の親和性基と反対側に結合した末端基を含む請求項7に記載の配向助剤。 The orientation according to claim 7, wherein the first compound and the second compound each include an end group opposite to the first affinity group of the mesogenic group or the second affinity group. Auxiliary agent.
  9.  前記末端基は、炭素原子数1~40の直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~40の直鎖又は分岐のハロゲン化アルキル基(ただし、アルキル基又はハロゲン化アルキル基中の-CH-は、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-NH-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されてもよいが、-O-は連続にはならない。)又は直接又はスペーサー基を介して前記メソゲン基に結合している重合性基で表される請求項8に記載の配向助剤。 The terminal group is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, a linear or branched halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms (with the proviso that -CH in an alkyl group or a halogenated alkyl group) 2- may be substituted by -CH = CH-, -C≡C-, -O-, -NH-, -COO- or -OCO-, but -O- does not become continuous) or 9. The alignment assistant according to claim 8, which is represented by a polymerizable group which is bound to the mesogen group directly or through a spacer group.
  10.  前記スペーサー基は、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、-C≡C-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCOO-、-OOCO-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CH=CHCOO-、-OCOCH=CH-、-CH-CHCOO-、-OCOCH-CH-、-CH=C(CH)COO-、-OCOC(CH)=CH-、-CH-CH(CH)COO-、-OCOCH(CH)-CH-、-OCHCHO-又は炭素原子数1~20の分岐又は直鎖のアルキレン基(ただし、アルキレン基中の1個又は隣接しない2個以上の-CH-は-O-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されてもよい。)である請求項5、7~9のいずれか1項に記載の配向助剤。 The spacer group is —CH = CH—, —CF = CF—, —C≡C—, —COO—, —OCO—, —OCOO—, —OOCO—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, -CH = CHCOO -, - OCOCH = CH -, - CH 2 -CH 2 COO -, - OCOCH 2 -CH 2 -, - CH = C (CH 3) COO -, - OCOC (CH 3) = CH-, -CH 2 -CH (CH 3 ) COO-, -OCOCH (CH 3 ) -CH 2- , -OCH 2 CH 2 O-, or a branched or linear alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (with the proviso that the alkylene group 1 or 2 or more non-adjacent -CH 2- may be substituted with -O-, -COO- or -OCO-)). Alignment assistant described.
  11.  前記メソゲン基は、下記一般式(i):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    (式中、
     左端の黒点及び右端の黒点は結合手を表し、
     Ai1は、2価の6員環芳香族基、2価の6員環複素芳香族基、2価の6員環脂肪族基又は2価の6員環複素脂肪族基を表し、
    これらの環構造中の水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、炭素原子数1~10の直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~10の直鎖又は分岐のハロゲン化アルキル基、炭素原子数1~10の直鎖又は分岐のアルコキシ基又はPi1-Spi1-で置換されていてもよく、ここで、Pi1は、前記一般式(P-1)~(P-13)で表される群より選ばれる重合性基を表し、Spi1は、Zi1と同様の意味を表し、
     Zi1は、単結合、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、-C≡C-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCOO-、-OOCO-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CH=CHCOO-、-OCOCH=CH-、-CH-CHCOO-、-OCOCH―CH-、-CH=C(CH)COO-、-OCOC(CH)=CH-、-CH-CH(CH)COO-、-OCOCH(CH)―CH-、-OCHCHO-又は炭素原子数2~20のアルキレン基(ただし、アルキレン基中の1個又は隣接しない2個以上の-CH-は-O-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されてもよい。)を表し、
     mi1は、1~5の整数を表し、
     mi1が2以上の場合、複数のAi1は、互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)
    で表される請求項7~10のいずれか1項に記載の配向助剤。
    The mesogen group has the following general formula (i):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    (In the formula,
    The leftmost black point and the rightmost black point represent a bond,
    A i1 represents a divalent 6-membered ring aromatic group, a divalent 6-membered ring heteroaromatic group, a divalent 6-membered ring aliphatic group or a divalent 6-membered ring heteroaliphatic group,
    The hydrogen atom in these ring structures is a halogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a linear or branched halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or 1 to 10 carbon atoms. 10 linear or branched alkoxy or P i1 -Sp i1 - may be substituted with, where, P i1 is a group represented by the general formula (P-1) ~ (P -13) S i1 represents a polymerizable group selected from among the above, S i1 has the same meaning as Z i1 ,
    Z i1 is a single bond, -CH = CH-, -CF = CF-, -C≡C-, -COO-, -OCO-, -OCOO-, -OOCO-, -CF 2 O-, -OCF 2 -, - CH = CHCOO -, - OCOCH = CH -, - CH 2 -CH 2 COO -, - OCOCH 2 -CH 2 -, - CH = C (CH 3) COO -, - OCOC (CH 3) = CH —, —CH 2 —CH (CH 3 ) COO—, —OCOCH (CH 3 ) —CH 2 —, —OCH 2 CH 2 O— or an alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, provided that it is 1 in the alkylene group Or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — may be substituted with —O—, —COO— or —OCO—.
    m i1 represents an integer of 1 to 5 and
    When m i1 is 2 or more, a plurality of A i1 may be the same as or different from each other. )
    The alignment assistant according to any one of claims 7 to 10, which is represented by
  12.  請求項1~11のいずれか1項に記載の配向助剤と、液晶分子とを含有し、誘電率異方性(Δε)が負であることを特徴とする液晶組成物。 A liquid crystal composition comprising the alignment auxiliary according to any one of claims 1 to 11 and liquid crystal molecules, and having a negative dielectric anisotropy (Δε).
  13.  前記液晶分子は、下記一般式(N-1)~(N-3)で表される群:
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    (式中、
     RN11、RN12、RN21、RN22、RN31及びRN32は、それぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基(ただし、アルキル基中の1個又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は、それぞれ独立して、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-によって置換されていてもよい。)を表し、
     AN11、AN12、AN21、AN22、AN31及びAN32は、それぞれ独立して、
    (a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基(ただし、この基中に存在する1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は-O-に置換されてもよい。)、
    (b) 1,4-フェニレン基(ただし、この基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置換されてもよい。)、
    (c) ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又はデカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基(ただし、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置換されてもよい。)、及び
    (d) 1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基
    からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、
     前記基(a)、基(b)、基(c)及び基(d)は、それぞれ独立して、シアノ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子で置換されていてもよく、
     ZN11、ZN12、ZN21、ZN22、ZN31及びZN32は、それぞれ独立して、単結合、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-CH=N-N=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-又は-C≡C-を表し、
     XN21は、水素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、
     TN31は、-CH-又は酸素原子を表し、
     nN11、nN12、nN21、nN22、nN31及びnN32は、それぞれ独立して、0~3の整数を表すが、nN11+nN12、nN21+nN22及びnN31+nN32は、それぞれ独立して1、2又は3であり、
     AN11~AN32、ZN11~ZN32がそれぞれ複数存在する場合は、それらは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)
    から選ばれる化合物を含む請求項12に記載の液晶組成物。
    The liquid crystal molecules are represented by the following general formulas (N-1) to (N-3):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    (In the formula,
    R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31 and R N32 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (however, one or two or more non-adjacent alkyl groups) And —CH 2 — each independently represents —CH = CH—, —C≡C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO— which may be substituted. ,
    A N11 , A N12 , A N21 , A N22 , A N31 and A N32 are each independently
    (A) 1,4-cyclohexylene group (provided that one —CH 2 — or non-adjacent two or more —CH 2 — present in this group may be substituted by —O—. ),
    (B) 1,4-phenylene group (however, one —CH = present in this group or two or more non-adjacent —CH = may be substituted by —N =),
    (C) Naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group (with naphthalene-2,6-diyl group) Or one or more non-adjacent two or more -CH = present in the group or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group is substituted by -N = And (d) represents a group selected from the group consisting of 1,4-cyclohexenylene groups, and
    The group (a), the group (b), the group (c) and the group (d) may be each independently substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom,
    Z N11, Z N12, Z N21 , Z N22, Z N31 and Z N32 are each independently a single bond, -CH 2 CH 2 -, - (CH 2) 4 -, - OCH 2 -, - CH 2 O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -OCF 2- , -CF 2 O-, -CH = N-N = CH-, -CH = CH-, -CF = CF- or -C≡C- Represent
    X N21 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom,
    T N31 represents -CH 2 -or an oxygen atom,
    n N11 , n N12 , n N21 , n N22 , n N31 and n N32 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, but n N11 + n N12 , n N21 + n N22 and n N31 + n N32 each represent an integer Independently one, two or three,
    When a plurality of A N11 to A N32 and Z N11 to Z N32 are present, they may be the same as or different from each other. )
    The liquid crystal composition according to claim 12, comprising a compound selected from
  14.  前記液晶分子は、下記一般式(L)で表される化合物を含む請求項12又は13に記載の液晶組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
    (式中、
     RL1及びRL2は、それぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基(ただし、アルキル基中の1個又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は、それぞれ独立して、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-によって置換されていてもよい。)を表し、
     nL1は、0、1、2又は3を表し、
     AL1、AL2及びAL3は、それぞれ独立して、
    (a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基(ただし、この基中に存在する1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は-O-に置換されてもよい。)、
    (b) 1,4-フェニレン基(ただし、この基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置換されてもよい。)、及び
    (c) ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又はデカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基(ただし、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置換されてもよい。)
    からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、
     前記基(a)、基(b)及び基(c)は、それぞれ独立して、シアノ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子で置換されていてもよく、
     ZL1及びZL2は、それぞれ独立して、単結合、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-CH=N-N=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-又は-C≡C-を表し、
     nL1が2又は3であってAL2が複数存在する場合は、それらは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよく、nL1が2又は3であってZL2が複数存在する場合は、それらは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよいが、一般式(N-1)、(N-2)及び(N-3)で表される化合物を除く。)
    The liquid crystal composition according to claim 12, wherein the liquid crystal molecules include a compound represented by the following general formula (L).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
    (In the formula,
    R L1 and R L2 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (however, one or two or more non-adjacent -CH 2-in the alkyl group are each independently- CH = CH-, -C≡C-, -O-, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO-.
    n L1 represents 0, 1, 2 or 3 and
    A L1 , A L2 and A L3 are each independently
    (A) 1,4-cyclohexylene group (provided that one —CH 2 — or non-adjacent two or more —CH 2 — present in this group may be substituted by —O—. ),
    (B) 1,4-phenylene group (however, one -CH = present in this group or two or more non-adjacent -CH = may be substituted with -N =), and (C) Naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group (with naphthalene-2,6-diyl group) Or one or more non-adjacent two or more -CH = present in the group or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group is substituted by -N = Good.)
    Represents a group selected from the group consisting of
    The group (a), the group (b) and the group (c) may be each independently substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom,
    Z L1 and Z L2 are each independently a single bond, -CH 2 CH 2 -, - (CH 2) 4 -, - OCH 2 -, - CH 2 O -, - COO -, - OCO -, - OCF 2- , -CF 2 O-, -CH = N-N = CH-, -CH = CH-, -CF = CF- or -C≡C-
    When n L1 is 2 or 3 and there are a plurality of AL 2, they may be the same or different from each other, and when n L1 is 2 or 3 and there are a plurality of Z L2 , They may be identical to or different from one another, but exclude compounds represented by general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3). )
  15.  重合性化合物を更に含有する請求項12~14のいずれか1項に記載の液晶組成物。 The liquid crystal composition according to any one of claims 12 to 14, further comprising a polymerizable compound.
  16.  前記重合性化合物は、下記一般式(P)で表される化合物の少なくとも1種を含む請求項15に記載の液晶組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
    (式中、
     Zp1は、フッ素原子、シアノ基、水素原子、水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~15のアルキル基、水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~15のアルコキシ基、水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~15のアルケニル基、水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~15のアルケニルオキシ基又は-Spp2-Rp2を表し、
     Rp1及びRp2は、それぞれ下記式(R-I)~式(R-IX):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
    (式中、
     *でSpp1又はSpp2と結合し、
     R~Rは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、炭素原子数1~5個のアルキル基又は炭素原子数1~5個のハロゲン化アルキル基を表し、
     Wは、単結合、-O-又はメチレン基を表し、
     Tは、単結合又は-COO-を表し、
     p、t及びqは、それぞれ独立して、0、1又は2を表す。)
    のいずれかを表し、
     Spp1及びSpp2は、それぞれスペーサー基を表し、
     Lp1及びLp2は、それぞれ独立して、単結合、-O-、-S-、-CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-CO-、-C-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCOOCH-、-CHOCOO-、-OCHCHO-、-CO-NR-、-NR-CO-、-SCH-、-CHS-、-CH=CR-COO-、-CH=CR-OCO-、-COO-CR=CH-、-OCO-CR=CH-、-COO-CR=CH-COO-、-COO-CR=CH-OCO-、-OCO-CR=CH-COO-、-OCO-CR=CH-OCO-、-(CH-C(=O)-O-、-(CH-O-(C=O)-、-O-(C=O)-(CH-、-(C=O)-O-(CH-、-CH(CH)C-C(=O)-O-、-CH(CH)C-O-(C=O)-、-O-(C=O)-C(CH)CH、-(C=O)-O-C(CH)-CH、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、-CF=CH-、-CH=CF-、-CF-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CFCH-、-CHCF-、-CFCF-又は-C≡C-(ただし、式中、Rは、それぞれ独立して水素原子又は炭素原子数1~4のアルキル基を表し、zは1~4の整数を表す。)を表し、
     Mp2は、1,4-フェニレン基、1,4-シクロヘキシレン基、アントラセン-2,6-ジイル基、フェナントレン-2,7-ジイル基、ピリジン-2,5-ジイル基、ピリミジン-2,5-ジイル基、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、インダン-2,5-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,3-ジオキサン-2,5-ジイル基又は単結合を表すが、Mp2は無置換であるか又は炭素原子数1~12のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~12のハロゲン化アルキル基、炭素原子数1~12のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数1~12のハロゲン化アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基若しくは-Rp1で置換されていてもよく、
     Mp1は、下記式(i-11)~(ix-11):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
    (式中、*でSpp1と結合し、**でLp1、Lp2又はZp1と結合する。)
    のいずれかを表し、
     Mp3は、下記式(i-13)~(ix-13):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
    (式中、*でZp1と結合し、**でLp2と結合する。)
    のいずれかを表し、
     mp2~mp4は、それぞれ独立して、0、1、2又は3を表し、
     mp1及びmp5は、それぞれ独立して、1、2又は3を表し、
     Zp1が複数存在する場合には、それらは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Rp1が複数存在する場合には、それらは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Rp2が複数存在する場合には、それらは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Spp1が複数存在する場合には、それらは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Spp2が複数存在する場合には、それらは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Lp1が複数存在する場合には、それらは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Mp2が複数存在する場合には、それらは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)
    The liquid crystal composition according to claim 15, wherein the polymerizable compound contains at least one of compounds represented by the following general formula (P).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
    (In the formula,
    Z p1 represents a fluorine atom, a cyano group, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms in which a hydrogen atom may be substituted by a halogen atom, or a carbon atom in which a hydrogen atom may be substituted by a halogen atom Alkoxy group of 1 to 15, alkenyl group of 1 to 15 carbon atoms in which hydrogen atom may be substituted by halogen atom, alkenyloxy of 1 to 15 carbon atom in which hydrogen atom may be substituted of halogen atom Represents a group or -Sp p2 -R p2 ,
    R p1 and R p2 are each represented by the following formula ( RI ) to formula (R-IX):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
    (In the formula,
    Combine with Sp p1 or Sp p2 with *
    R 2 to R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms,
    W represents a single bond, -O- or a methylene group,
    T represents a single bond or -COO-,
    p, t and q each independently represent 0, 1 or 2. )
    Represents one of the
    Sp p1 and Sp p2 each represent a spacer group,
    L p1 and L p2 are each independently a single bond, —O—, —S—, —CH 2 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —CO—, —C 2 H 4 —, -COO -, - OCO -, - OCOOCH 2 -, - CH 2 OCOO -, - OCH 2 CH 2 O -, - CO-NR a -, - NR a -CO -, - SCH 2 -, - CH 2 S -, -CH = CR a -COO-, -CH = CR a -OCO-, -COO-CR a = CH-, -OCO-CR a = CH-, -COO-CR a = CH-COO-,- COO-CR a = CH-OCO-,-OCO-CR a = CH-COO-,-OCO-CR a = CH-OCO-,-(CH 2 ) z- C (= O)-O-,-( CH 2) z -O- (C = O) -, - O- (C = O) - (CH 2) z -, - (C = O -O- (CH 2) z -, - CH 2 (CH 3) C-C (= O) -O -, - CH 2 (CH 3) C-O- (C = O) -, - O- ( C = O) —C (CH 3 ) CH 2 , — (C = O) —O—C (CH 3 ) —CH 2 , —CH = CH—, —CF = CF—, —CF = CH—, — CH = CF-, -CF 2- , -CF 2 O-, -OCF 2- , -CF 2 CH 2- , -CH 2 CF 2- , -CF 2 CF 2 -or -C≡C- (wherein In the formulae, each R a independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and z represents an integer of 1 to 4.
    M p2 is a 1,4-phenylene group, a 1,4-cyclohexylene group, an anthracene-2,6-diyl group, a phenanthrene-2,7-diyl group, a pyridine-2,5-diyl group, a pyrimidine-2, 5-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, indan-2,5-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,3-dioxane-2,5 -Represents a diyl group or a single bond, but M p2 is unsubstituted or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms And may be substituted with a halogenated alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group or -R p1 ,
    M p1 is represented by the following formulas (i-11) to (ix-11):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
    (Wherein * binds to Sp p1 and ** binds to L p1 , L p2 or Z p1 )
    Represents one of the
    M p3 has the following formulas (i-13) to (ix-13):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
    (In the formula, * binds to Z p1 and ** binds to L p2 )
    Represents one of the
    m p2 to m p4 each independently represent 0, 1, 2 or 3 and
    m p1 and m p5 each independently represent 1, 2 or 3, and
    If the Z p1 there are multiple, they may be the being the same or different, when R p1 is more present, they may be the being the same or different, R p2 When there exist two or more, they may mutually be same or different and when two or more Sp p1 exist, they may mutually be same or different and Sp p2 is plural. When they exist, they may be the same or different from each other, and when there are a plurality of L p1 , they may be the same as or different from each other, and there are a plurality of M p2 In the case, they may be identical to or different from one another. )
  17.  2つの基板と、該2つの基板の間に設けられた請求項12~16のいずれか1項に記載の液晶組成物を含む液晶層と、を備えることを特徴とする液晶表示素子。 A liquid crystal display device comprising: two substrates; and a liquid crystal layer containing the liquid crystal composition according to any one of claims 12 to 16 provided between the two substrates.
  18.  前記液晶層は、前記第1の化合物及び前記第2の化合物の重合物を含む請求項17に記載の液晶表示素子。 The liquid crystal display element according to claim 17, wherein the liquid crystal layer contains a polymer of the first compound and the second compound.
  19.  アクティブマトリックス駆動用である請求項17又は18に記載の液晶表示素子。 The liquid crystal display device according to claim 17, which is for driving an active matrix.
  20.  PSA型、PSVA型、VA型、IPS型、FFS型又はECB型である請求項17~19のいずれか1項に記載の液晶表示素子。 The liquid crystal display element according to any one of claims 17 to 19, which is of PSA type, PSVA type, VA type, IPS type, FFS type or ECB type.
  21.  前記2つの基板のうちの少なくとも一方の基板は、配向膜を有さない請求項17~20のいずれか1項に記載の液晶表示素子。 The liquid crystal display element according to any one of claims 17 to 20, wherein at least one of the two substrates does not have an alignment film.
PCT/JP2018/031104 2017-09-08 2018-08-23 Alignment assistant, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element WO2019049673A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019520158A JP6690782B2 (en) 2017-09-08 2018-08-23 Alignment aid, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display device
CN201880051838.XA CN111183206B (en) 2017-09-08 2018-08-23 Alignment aid, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
KR1020207004857A KR20200041880A (en) 2017-09-08 2018-08-23 Alignment aid, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017172883 2017-09-08
JP2017-172883 2017-09-08

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019049673A1 true WO2019049673A1 (en) 2019-03-14

Family

ID=65634034

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2018/031104 WO2019049673A1 (en) 2017-09-08 2018-08-23 Alignment assistant, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6690782B2 (en)
KR (1) KR20200041880A (en)
CN (1) CN111183206B (en)
TW (1) TW201920629A (en)
WO (1) WO2019049673A1 (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019167640A1 (en) * 2018-03-01 2019-09-06 Dic株式会社 Polymerizable compound, and liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element using same
WO2020008896A1 (en) * 2018-07-03 2020-01-09 Dic株式会社 Alignment aid, liquid crystal composition, and liquid crystal display device
CN111948846A (en) * 2019-05-16 2020-11-17 Dic株式会社 Polymer dispersed liquid crystal element and liquid crystal composition for polymer dispersed liquid crystal element
CN113444531A (en) * 2020-03-27 2021-09-28 Dic株式会社 Polymerizable compound, liquid crystal composition containing polymerizable compound, and liquid crystal display element using same
US11760934B2 (en) 2017-11-17 2023-09-19 Dic Corporation Polymerizable compound, and liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element in which the compound is used

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20200100034A (en) * 2017-12-21 2020-08-25 디아이씨 가부시끼가이샤 Liquid crystal composition
JP7255496B2 (en) * 2017-12-21 2023-04-11 Dic株式会社 liquid crystal composition

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2014513150A (en) * 2011-02-05 2014-05-29 メルク パテント ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング Liquid crystal display with homeotropic alignment
JP2015120907A (en) * 2013-12-16 2015-07-02 メルク パテント ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツングMerck Patent Gesellschaft mit beschraenkter Haftung Liquid-crystalline medium
JP2016501938A (en) * 2012-12-17 2016-01-21 メルク パテント ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツングMerck Patent Gesellschaft mit beschraenkter Haftung Liquid crystal display and liquid crystal medium having homeotropic alignment
WO2016015803A1 (en) * 2014-07-28 2016-02-04 Merck Patent Gmbh Liquid crystalline media having homeotropic alignment
WO2017090614A1 (en) * 2015-11-24 2017-06-01 富士フイルム株式会社 Infrared light control film and window
WO2017199512A1 (en) * 2016-05-18 2017-11-23 Jnc株式会社 Low molecular polar compound for homogeneously aligning liquid crystal medium, and liquid crystal medium containing same
JP2017208953A (en) * 2016-05-19 2017-11-24 住友電装株式会社 Bracket for fixing epb electric wire and wire harness

Family Cites Families (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS58185579A (en) * 1982-04-26 1983-10-29 Seiko Epson Corp Liquid crystal ester compound
JP3031701B2 (en) * 1990-11-27 2000-04-10 チッソ株式会社 Lactone compounds and compositions
DE102011108708A1 (en) * 2010-09-25 2012-03-29 Merck Patent Gmbh Liquid crystal displays and liquid crystal media with homeotropic alignment
JP6193226B2 (en) 2011-07-07 2017-09-06 メルク パテント ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツングMerck Patent Gesellschaft mit beschraenkter Haftung Liquid crystal media
DE112015004038T5 (en) * 2014-09-05 2017-06-22 Dic Corporation Nematic liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display using the same
TW201730642A (en) * 2015-12-07 2017-09-01 Dainippon Ink & Chemicals Liquid crystal display element
US10041001B2 (en) * 2016-01-21 2018-08-07 Samsung Display Co., Ltd. Liquid crystal composition, liquid crystal display device including the same, and method of manufacturing liquid crystal display device
CN105542796A (en) * 2016-02-01 2016-05-04 深圳市华星光电技术有限公司 Auto-orientation liquid crystal medium composition and liquid crystal display panel
TWI737834B (en) * 2016-10-26 2021-09-01 日商迪愛生股份有限公司 Spontaneous alignment aid for liquid crystal composition
US11312906B2 (en) * 2017-06-01 2022-04-26 Dic Corporation Polymerizable monomer, liquid crystal composition using polymerizable monomer, and liquid crystal display device
JP6493775B1 (en) * 2017-06-29 2019-04-03 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display device

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2014513150A (en) * 2011-02-05 2014-05-29 メルク パテント ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング Liquid crystal display with homeotropic alignment
JP2016501938A (en) * 2012-12-17 2016-01-21 メルク パテント ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツングMerck Patent Gesellschaft mit beschraenkter Haftung Liquid crystal display and liquid crystal medium having homeotropic alignment
JP2015120907A (en) * 2013-12-16 2015-07-02 メルク パテント ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツングMerck Patent Gesellschaft mit beschraenkter Haftung Liquid-crystalline medium
WO2016015803A1 (en) * 2014-07-28 2016-02-04 Merck Patent Gmbh Liquid crystalline media having homeotropic alignment
WO2017090614A1 (en) * 2015-11-24 2017-06-01 富士フイルム株式会社 Infrared light control film and window
WO2017199512A1 (en) * 2016-05-18 2017-11-23 Jnc株式会社 Low molecular polar compound for homogeneously aligning liquid crystal medium, and liquid crystal medium containing same
JP2017208953A (en) * 2016-05-19 2017-11-24 住友電装株式会社 Bracket for fixing epb electric wire and wire harness

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11760934B2 (en) 2017-11-17 2023-09-19 Dic Corporation Polymerizable compound, and liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element in which the compound is used
WO2019167640A1 (en) * 2018-03-01 2019-09-06 Dic株式会社 Polymerizable compound, and liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element using same
US11739270B2 (en) 2018-03-01 2023-08-29 Dic Corporation Polymerizable compound as well as liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display device each including polymerizable compound
WO2020008896A1 (en) * 2018-07-03 2020-01-09 Dic株式会社 Alignment aid, liquid crystal composition, and liquid crystal display device
JPWO2020008896A1 (en) * 2018-07-03 2021-03-11 Dic株式会社 Orientation aid, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
CN111948846A (en) * 2019-05-16 2020-11-17 Dic株式会社 Polymer dispersed liquid crystal element and liquid crystal composition for polymer dispersed liquid crystal element
CN111948846B (en) * 2019-05-16 2023-11-28 Dic株式会社 Polymer dispersed liquid crystal element and liquid crystal composition for polymer dispersed liquid crystal element
CN113444531A (en) * 2020-03-27 2021-09-28 Dic株式会社 Polymerizable compound, liquid crystal composition containing polymerizable compound, and liquid crystal display element using same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW201920629A (en) 2019-06-01
JP6690782B2 (en) 2020-04-28
CN111183206B (en) 2023-08-25
JPWO2019049673A1 (en) 2019-11-07
CN111183206A (en) 2020-05-19
KR20200041880A (en) 2020-04-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6690782B2 (en) Alignment aid, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display device
CN110651021B (en) Spontaneous alignment assistant for liquid crystal composition
JP6547907B2 (en) Spontaneous alignment aid for liquid crystal composition, compound suitable for the spontaneous alignment aid, liquid crystal composition, and liquid crystal display device
JP7255495B2 (en) liquid crystal composition
JP7180247B2 (en) Method for manufacturing liquid crystal display element
JP6399261B1 (en) Spontaneous alignment aid for liquid crystal composition
JP7088251B2 (en) Liquid crystal composition
TWI802610B (en) Polymerizable compound, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display device using same
TW202033748A (en) Liquid crystal composition
JP7255496B2 (en) liquid crystal composition
WO2020071135A1 (en) Liquid crystal composition using alignment assistant, liquid crystal display element and method for producing same
JP6787527B2 (en) Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
TWI721763B (en) Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
JP7215151B2 (en) Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element using the same
TW202138547A (en) Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element wherein liquid crystal composition containing one or more compounds represented by general formula (i) and one or more polymerizable compounds represented by general formula (ii)
TW202033752A (en) Alignment assistant, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
JP2020050871A (en) Alignment assistant, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019520158

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18854099

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18854099

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1